{"id":"F1997B00994","name":"Bankruptcy Regulations 1996","slug":"bankruptcy-regulations-1996","collection":"legislative_instrument","jurisdiction":"commonwealth","status":"repealed","isInForce":false,"actNumber":"263 of 1996","makingDate":null,"administeringDepartment":null,"currentVersion":{"id":29255,"registerId":"commonwealth-F1997B00994-current","compilationNumber":null,"startDate":"2026-04-01","status":"Repealed","reasons":null,"registeredAt":null},"sections":[{"sectionNumber":"Part 1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Preliminary","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary","sortOrder":0},{"sectionNumber":"1.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Name of Regulations","content":"#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.","sortOrder":1},{"sectionNumber":"1.03","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation","content":"#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.","sortOrder":2},{"sectionNumber":"1.04","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of Criminal Code","content":"#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.","sortOrder":3},{"sectionNumber":"Part 2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Administration","content":"## Part 2—Administration","sortOrder":4},{"sectionNumber":"2.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund","content":"#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.","sortOrder":5},{"sectionNumber":"2.05","sectionType":"section","heading":"Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General","content":"#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.","sortOrder":6},{"sectionNumber":"Part 3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Courts","content":"## Part 3—Courts","sortOrder":7},{"sectionNumber":"3.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries","content":"#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```","sortOrder":8},{"sectionNumber":"Part 4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":9},{"sectionNumber":"Division 1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Bankruptcy notices","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":10},{"sectionNumber":"4.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for bankruptcy notice","content":"#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.","sortOrder":11},{"sectionNumber":"4.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Form of bankruptcy notices","content":"#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.","sortOrder":12},{"sectionNumber":"4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum","sectionType":"section","heading":"4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum","content":"#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.","sortOrder":13},{"sectionNumber":"4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices","sectionType":"section","heading":"4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices","content":"#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.","sortOrder":14},{"sectionNumber":"4.03","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection of bankruptcy notices","content":"#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.","sortOrder":15},{"sectionNumber":"4.04","sectionType":"section","heading":"Judgment or order in foreign currency","content":"#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).","sortOrder":16},{"sectionNumber":"Division 2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Petitions","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":17},{"sectionNumber":"4.05","sectionType":"section","heading":"Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver","content":"#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.","sortOrder":18},{"sectionNumber":"4.06","sectionType":"section","heading":"Control of debtor’s property before sequestration","content":"#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.","sortOrder":19},{"sectionNumber":"4.07","sectionType":"section","heading":"Expenses of trustee before sequestration","content":"#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.","sortOrder":20},{"sectionNumber":"4.08","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for damages where petition dismissed","content":"#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.","sortOrder":21},{"sectionNumber":"4.09","sectionType":"section","heading":"Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions","content":"#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.","sortOrder":22},{"sectionNumber":"4.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Acceptance of debtor’s declaration","content":"#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.","sortOrder":23},{"sectionNumber":"4.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor","content":"#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.","sortOrder":24},{"sectionNumber":"4.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent","content":"#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.","sortOrder":25},{"sectionNumber":"4.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership","content":"#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.","sortOrder":26},{"sectionNumber":"Part 5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts","content":"## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts","sortOrder":27},{"sectionNumber":"5.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested","content":"#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.","sortOrder":28},{"sectionNumber":"5.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia","content":"#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.","sortOrder":29},{"sectionNumber":"Part 6","sectionType":"part","heading":"Administration of property","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":30},{"sectionNumber":"6.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters","content":"#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.","sortOrder":32},{"sectionNumber":"6.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Maximum amount payable to employee","content":"#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.","sortOrder":33},{"sectionNumber":"6.03","sectionType":"section","heading":"Household property","content":"#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.","sortOrder":35},{"sectionNumber":"6.03A Personal property","sectionType":"section","heading":"6.03A Personal property","content":"#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.","sortOrder":36},{"sectionNumber":"6.03B Property divisible among creditors","sectionType":"section","heading":"6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts","content":"#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.","sortOrder":37},{"sectionNumber":"Division 2A","sectionType":"division","heading":"Rural support schemes","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":38},{"sectionNumber":"6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (","sectionType":"section","heading":"6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)","content":"#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.","sortOrder":39},{"sectionNumber":"6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (","sectionType":"section","heading":"6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)","content":"#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |","sortOrder":40},{"sectionNumber":"Division 4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Undervalued transactions","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":41},{"sectionNumber":"6.09","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transfers exempt from being void against trustee","content":"#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.","sortOrder":42},{"sectionNumber":"Division 5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Realisation of property","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":43},{"sectionNumber":"6.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Disclaimer of onerous property","content":"#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.","sortOrder":44},{"sectionNumber":"Division 6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Definition of income (Act s 139L)","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":45},{"sectionNumber":"6.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation","content":"#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.","sortOrder":46},{"sectionNumber":"6.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act","content":"#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.","sortOrder":47},{"sectionNumber":"6.12A Restart scheme payments","sectionType":"section","heading":"6.12A Restart scheme payments","content":"#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.","sortOrder":48},{"sectionNumber":"6.12B Superannuation contributions","sectionType":"section","heading":"6.12B Superannuation contributions","content":"#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.","sortOrder":49},{"sectionNumber":"6.12C Family assistance and social secur","sectionType":"section","heading":"6.12C Family assistance and social security payments","content":"#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.","sortOrder":50},{"sectionNumber":"6.12D Primary Industry rural support sch","sectionType":"section","heading":"6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme","content":"#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.","sortOrder":51},{"sectionNumber":"Division 7","sectionType":"division","heading":"Contributions by bankrupt","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":52},{"sectionNumber":"6.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation","content":"#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.","sortOrder":53},{"sectionNumber":"6.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment","content":"#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.","sortOrder":54},{"sectionNumber":"6.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Contributions where bankrupt dies","content":"#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.","sortOrder":55},{"sectionNumber":"6.15A Contribution assessment—income of ","sectionType":"section","heading":"6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant","content":"#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.","sortOrder":56},{"sectionNumber":"6.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificate of outstanding contribution","content":"#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.","sortOrder":57},{"sectionNumber":"6.18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid","content":"#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.","sortOrder":58},{"sectionNumber":"Division 8","sectionType":"division","heading":"Notice under section 139ZL of the Act","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":59},{"sectionNumber":"6.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money","content":"#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.","sortOrder":60},{"sectionNumber":"6.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)","content":"#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.","sortOrder":61},{"sectionNumber":"Division 9","sectionType":"division","heading":"Distribution of property","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":62},{"sectionNumber":"6.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Minimum amount of dividend","content":"#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.","sortOrder":63},{"sectionNumber":"6.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Manner of declaring final dividend","content":"#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.","sortOrder":64},{"sectionNumber":"Part 7","sectionType":"part","heading":"Discharge and annulment","content":"## Part 7—Discharge and annulment","sortOrder":65},{"sectionNumber":"7.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia","content":"#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.","sortOrder":66},{"sectionNumber":"7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to pr","sectionType":"section","heading":"7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information","content":"#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.","sortOrder":67},{"sectionNumber":"7.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection","content":"#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.","sortOrder":68},{"sectionNumber":"Part 8","sectionType":"part","heading":"Trustees","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":69},{"sectionNumber":"8.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act","content":"#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.","sortOrder":71},{"sectionNumber":"8.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act","content":"#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.","sortOrder":72},{"sectionNumber":"8.35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees","content":"#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.","sortOrder":74},{"sectionNumber":"8.40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Review by Tribunal of determination","content":"#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).","sortOrder":75},{"sectionNumber":"8.45","sectionType":"section","heading":"Official Trustee to perform duties","content":"#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.","sortOrder":76},{"sectionNumber":"Division 3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":77},{"sectionNumber":"8.50","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice of removal of trustee of estate","content":"#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.","sortOrder":78},{"sectionNumber":"8.55","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index","content":"#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.","sortOrder":79},{"sectionNumber":"Part 9","sectionType":"part","heading":"Debt agreements","content":"## Part 9—Debt agreements","sortOrder":80},{"sectionNumber":"9.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor","content":"#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.","sortOrder":81},{"sectionNumber":"9.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator","content":"#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.","sortOrder":82},{"sectionNumber":"9.03","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator","content":"#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.","sortOrder":83},{"sectionNumber":"Part 10","sectionType":"part","heading":"Personal insolvency agreements","content":"## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements","sortOrder":84},{"sectionNumber":"10.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors","content":"#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.","sortOrder":85},{"sectionNumber":"10.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))","content":"#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.","sortOrder":86},{"sectionNumber":"10.03","sectionType":"section","heading":"Documents under section 188 of Act","content":"#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.","sortOrder":87},{"sectionNumber":"10.06","sectionType":"section","heading":"Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index","content":"#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.","sortOrder":88},{"sectionNumber":"10.07","sectionType":"section","heading":"Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements","content":"#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.","sortOrder":89},{"sectionNumber":"10.08","sectionType":"section","heading":"Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act","content":"#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.","sortOrder":90},{"sectionNumber":"10.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notification of personal insolvency agreement","content":"#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.","sortOrder":91},{"sectionNumber":"10.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)","content":"#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.","sortOrder":92},{"sectionNumber":"10.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)","content":"#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.","sortOrder":93},{"sectionNumber":"10.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements","content":"#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.","sortOrder":94},{"sectionNumber":"10.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend","content":"#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.","sortOrder":95},{"sectionNumber":"Part 11","sectionType":"part","heading":"Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy","content":"## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy","sortOrder":96},{"sectionNumber":"11.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Statement of affairs and of administration of estate","content":"#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.","sortOrder":97},{"sectionNumber":"11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given ","sectionType":"section","heading":"11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver","content":"#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.","sortOrder":98},{"sectionNumber":"11.01B Proof of statement of affairs","sectionType":"section","heading":"11.01B Proof of statement of affairs","content":"#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.","sortOrder":99},{"sectionNumber":"11.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons","content":"#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.","sortOrder":100},{"sectionNumber":"Part 12","sectionType":"part","heading":"Unclaimed dividends or moneys","content":"## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys","sortOrder":101},{"sectionNumber":"12.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth","content":"#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.","sortOrder":102},{"sectionNumber":"Part 13","sectionType":"part","heading":"National Personal Insolvency Index","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":103},{"sectionNumber":"13.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation","content":"#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.","sortOrder":105},{"sectionNumber":"13.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index","content":"#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.","sortOrder":106},{"sectionNumber":"13.03","sectionType":"section","heading":"What information is to be entered on the Index?","content":"#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.","sortOrder":108},{"sectionNumber":"13.04","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for certain information not to be on the Index","content":"#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.","sortOrder":109},{"sectionNumber":"13.05","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application to the AAT","content":"#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.","sortOrder":110},{"sectionNumber":"13.05A Removal of information relating t","sectionType":"section","heading":"13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index","content":"#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.","sortOrder":112},{"sectionNumber":"13.05B Removal of information relating t","sectionType":"section","heading":"13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index","content":"#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.","sortOrder":113},{"sectionNumber":"13.06","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection of the Index","content":"#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.","sortOrder":115},{"sectionNumber":"13.07","sectionType":"section","heading":"Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence","content":"#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.","sortOrder":116},{"sectionNumber":"13.08","sectionType":"section","heading":"Immunity from defamation","content":"#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.","sortOrder":117},{"sectionNumber":"13.09","sectionType":"section","heading":"Access to the Index","content":"#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.","sortOrder":118},{"sectionNumber":"13.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Information extracted from the Index to be evidence","content":"#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.","sortOrder":119},{"sectionNumber":"Part 14","sectionType":"part","heading":"Offences under the Act","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":120},{"sectionNumber":"14.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases","content":"#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.","sortOrder":122},{"sectionNumber":"14.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant","content":"#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.","sortOrder":123},{"sectionNumber":"14.03","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose and effect of Division","content":"#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.","sortOrder":125},{"sectionNumber":"14.04","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions","content":"#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.","sortOrder":126},{"sectionNumber":"14.05","sectionType":"section","heading":"When infringement notices can be issued","content":"#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.","sortOrder":127},{"sectionNumber":"14.06","sectionType":"section","heading":"Contents of infringement notice","content":"#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.","sortOrder":128},{"sectionNumber":"14.07","sectionType":"section","heading":"Method of serving infringement notices","content":"#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.","sortOrder":129},{"sectionNumber":"14.08","sectionType":"section","heading":"Time for payment of infringement penalty","content":"#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.","sortOrder":130},{"sectionNumber":"14.09","sectionType":"section","heading":"Extension of time to pay infringement penalty","content":"#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.","sortOrder":131},{"sectionNumber":"14.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Withdrawal of infringement notice","content":"#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.","sortOrder":132},{"sectionNumber":"14.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices","content":"#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.","sortOrder":133},{"sectionNumber":"14.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Refund of infringement penalty","content":"#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.","sortOrder":134},{"sectionNumber":"14.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effect of payment of infringement penalty","content":"#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.","sortOrder":135},{"sectionNumber":"14.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Payment of infringement penalty—cheques","content":"#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.","sortOrder":136},{"sectionNumber":"14.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Evidentiary certificates","content":"#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.","sortOrder":137},{"sectionNumber":"Part 15A","sectionType":"part","heading":"Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts","content":"## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts","sortOrder":138},{"sectionNumber":"15A.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation","content":"#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.","sortOrder":139},{"sectionNumber":"15A.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Mode of payment","content":"#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.","sortOrder":140},{"sectionNumber":"15A.03","sectionType":"section","heading":"Overpayments to be refunded or offset","content":"#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.","sortOrder":141},{"sectionNumber":"15A.04","sectionType":"section","heading":"Information to accompany payment of interest charge","content":"#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.","sortOrder":142},{"sectionNumber":"15A.05","sectionType":"section","heading":"Information to accompany payment of realisations charge","content":"#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.","sortOrder":143},{"sectionNumber":"15A.07","sectionType":"section","heading":"Lodgment of request for remission","content":"#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.","sortOrder":144},{"sectionNumber":"Part 16","sectionType":"part","heading":"Miscellaneous","content":"## Part 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 1.01 Name of Regulations\n\n These Regulations are the Bankruptcy Regulations 1996.\n\n#### 1.03 Interpretation\n\n (1) In these Regulations, unless the contrary intention appears:\n\n> 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1985; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) an agreement between the Commonwealth and that State or Territory whose execution, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1988; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Act means the Bankruptcy Act 1966.\n\n> commencement date means 16 December 1996.\n\n> contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Act.\n\n> CPI rate, in relation to a financial year, means the annual average of the All Groups Consumer Price Index number, being the weighted average of the 8 capital cities, published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the quarters in the year.\n\n> Criminal Code means the Criminal Code set out in the Schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995, being that Code as amended from time to time.\n\n> DEP scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52C of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> farm help re‑establishment grant scheme means the scheme mentioned in section 52A of the Farm Household Support Act 1992.\n\n> FC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> FCC (Bankruptcy) Rules means the Federal Circuit Court (Bankruptcy) Rules 2016.\n\n> Fees and Remuneration Determination means each determination made under subsection 316(1) of the Act, as in force from time to time.\n\n> registered liquidator has the meaning given by the Corporations Law.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State or the Northern Territory in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1976; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended, including that agreement as amended by:\n (i) the agreement between the Commonwealth, the States and the Northern Territory the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States and Northern Territory Grants (Rural Adjustment) Act 1979; or\n (ii) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> Rural Adjustment Scheme has the meaning given by section 4 of the Rural Adjustment Act 1992.\n\n> Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme means a scheme established and operated by a State in accordance with:\n\n (a) the agreement between the Commonwealth and the States the execution of which, on behalf of the Commonwealth, was approved by the States Grants (Rural Reconstruction) Act 1971; or\n (b) that agreement as subsequently amended.\n\n> rural support scheme has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Act.\n\n> Sugar Industry Reform Program means the scheme known as the Sugar Industry Reform Program 2004 made under the Sugar Industry Reform Program Guidelines as in force on 29 April 2004, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n> the court, in relation to a judgment or order, means the court by which the judgment was given or the order was made.\n\n> the Index means the National Personal Insolvency Index established by subregulation 13.02(1).\n\n> Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package means the scheme known as the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package 2006 made under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package Guidelines as in force on 2 March 2007, administered by the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.\n\n (2) A reference in these Regulations to a form of a specified number is a reference to the form of that number in Schedule 1.\n\n#### 1.04 Application of Criminal Code\n\n Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code applies to offences against these Regulations.\n\n> Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.\n\n## Part 2—Administration\n\n#### 2.01 Section 20J of the Act—prescribed rate of interest on moneys in Common Fund\n\n For the purposes of section 20J of the Act, the prescribed rate of interest is 7 percent per year.\n\n> Note: This rate is prescribed under subsections 20J(2) and (4) of the Act.\n\n#### 2.05 Disclosure of information by the Inspector‑General\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 12(4)(b) of the Act, the following professional disciplinary bodies are prescribed:\n (a) the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association;\n (b) CPA Australia;\n (c) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (d) the Institute of Public Accountants;\n\n (e) the New South Wales Bar Association;\n\n (f) the Law Society of New South Wales;\n (g) the Victorian Legal Services Commissioner;\n (h) the Victorian Legal Services Board;\n (i) the Bar Association of Queensland;\n (j) the Queensland Law Society;\n (k) the Legal Practice Board of Western Australia;\n (l) the Law Society of South Australia;\n (m) the Legal Profession Conduct Commissioner of South Australia;\n (n) the Law Society of Tasmania;\n (o) the Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory;\n (p) the Law Society Northern Territory.\n\n## Part 3—Courts\n\n#### 3.01 Paragraph 29(5)(b) of the Act—prescribed countries\n\n For the purposes of subsection 29(5) of the Act, each of the countries specified in the following table is prescribed:\n\n```html\n

Table

Jersey

Singapore

Malaysia

Switzerland

Papua New Guinea

United States of America

\n```\n\n## Part 4—Proceedings in connexion with bankruptcy\n\n### Division 1—Bankruptcy notices\n\n#### 4.01 Application for bankruptcy notice\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), to apply for the issue of a bankruptcy notice, a person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) 1 of the following documents in relation to the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form:\n (i) a copy of the sealed or certified judgment or order;\n (ii) a certificate of the judgment or order sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court;\n (iii) a copy of the entry of the judgment or order certified as a true copy of that entry and sealed by the court or signed by an officer of the court.\n (2) If the final judgment or final order specified by the person on the approved form is an award mentioned in paragraph 40(3)(a) of the Act, the person must lodge with the Official Receiver:\n (a) an application in the approved form; and\n (b) a copy of the award certified as a true copy by the arbitrator who made the award or, failing the arbitrator, by an officer of the Court after having compared the copy with the original award; and\n (c) a sealed or certified copy of the order giving leave to enforce the award.\n\n> Note 1: For bankruptcy notices, see regulation 4.02 and Form 1.\n\n> Note 2: A fee is payable to the Official Registrar for an application under this regulation—see Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 4.02 Form of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 41(2) of the Act, the form of bankruptcy notice set out in Form 1 is prescribed.\n (2) A bankruptcy notice must follow Form 1 in respect of its format (for example, bold or italic typeface, underlining and notes).\n (3) Subregulation (2) is not to be taken as expressing an intention contrary to section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n> Note: Under section 25C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, where an Act prescribes a form, then, unless the contrary intention appears, strict compliance with the form is not required and substantial compliance is sufficient; see also paragraph 46(1)(a) of that Act for the application of that Act to legislative instruments other than Acts.\n\n#### 4.02AA Prescribed statutory minimum\n\n For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of statutory minimum in subsection 5(1) of the Act, the amount prescribed is $10,000.\n\n#### 4.02A Service of bankruptcy notices\n\n A bankruptcy notice must be served within:\n (a) the period of 6 months commencing on the date of issue of the bankruptcy notice; or\n (b) any further period that the Official Receiver allows (whether within or outside that period of 6 months).\n\n> Note 1: If paragraph (b) applies to a bankruptcy notice, a fee is payable under the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n> Note 2: A bankruptcy notice may be served by any of the methods mentioned in regulation 16.01.\n\n#### 4.03 Inspection of bankruptcy notices\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the only persons who may inspect a bankruptcy notice lodged with the Official Receiver are:\n (a) a person specified in the notice; and\n (b) a party to a proceeding to which the notice relates; and\n (c) a solicitor acting for a person mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).\n (2) If a creditor’s petition is presented that is founded on an act of bankruptcy consisting of failure to comply with a bankruptcy notice, that notice (as lodged with the Official Receiver) is open to public inspection.\n\n#### 4.04 Judgment or order in foreign currency\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a bankruptcy notice if the judgment or order lodged under subregulation 4.01(1) in relation to the notice is expressed in an amount of foreign currency (whether or not the judgment or order is also expressed in an amount of Australian currency).\n (2) A bankruptcy notice to which this regulation applies must:\n (a) contain a statement to the effect that payment of the amount of foreign currency expressed in the judgment or order may be paid in that foreign currency or by means of a specified amount of Australian currency that is stated to be equivalent to the amount of foreign currency; and\n (b) set out:\n (i) the applicable rate of exchange, being the rate worked out in accordance with subregulation (3); and\n (ii) the conversion calculation; and\n (iii) a statement that the conversion of the amount of foreign currency into Australian currency has been made in accordance with this regulation.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(b), the conversion of an amount of foreign currency into an equivalent amount of Australian currency must be done in accordance with the telegraphic rate of exchange prevailing on the second day before the day when the application to which the conversion applies is lodged under subregulation 4.01(1).\n\n### Division 2—Petitions\n\n#### 4.05 Copy of petition, etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give an endorsed copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (3) A creditor who presents a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act must give a copy of any order, endorsed by the Court, dismissing, staying or extending the petition, or adjourning the hearing of the petition, to the Official Receiver within 2 business days after the Court has endorsed the order.\n\n#### 4.06 Control of debtor’s property before sequestration\n\n (1) Where the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act, the creditor who applied for the direction or other order must, within 7 days, serve the following documents in accordance with subregulation (2):\n (a) a copy of the application;\n (b) a copy of any affidavit filed in support of the application;\n (c) a certified copy of the direction or other order.\n (2) The documents must be served:\n (a) on the trustee who the Court has directed to take control of the debtor’s property; and\n (b) except where that person is the Official Trustee—on the Official Receiver.\n\n#### 4.07 Expenses of trustee before sequestration\n\n (1) Where:\n (a) the Court makes a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the amount deposited, in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court, with the Official Trustee or a registered trustee is insufficient to meet the fees and expenses incurred by the Official Trustee or registered trustee:\n (i) as a result of the direction or other order; or\n (ii) in carrying out an examination of a person as a result of the issue of a summons under subsection 50(2) of the Act;\n the Official Trustee or registered trustee may:\n (c) request the creditor who made the application under subsection 50(1) of the Act; or\n (d) apply to the Court for an order directing that creditor;\n to deposit with the Official Trustee or the registered trustee a specified additional sum.\n (2) Where the Court, under section 50 of the Act, directs the Official Trustee or a registered trustee to take control of the property of a debtor, and subsequently any of the following events occurs:\n (a) the debtor enters into a personal insolvency agreement, or the debtor’s estate is administered under Part XI of the Act, and the Court authorises the Official Trustee or the registered trustee to transfer the property to some other person;\n (b) a sequestration order is made against the debtor;\n (c) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is dismissed;\n (d) a debtor’s petition relating to the debtor is accepted by the Official Receiver;\n (e) a proposal by the debtor relating to a debt agreement is accepted under section 185B of the Act;\n the creditor is entitled to a refund of the amount deposited by him or her in accordance with the direction or other order of the Court to meet the fees and expenses of the Official Trustee or the registered trustee incurred:\n (f) as a result of the direction; or\n (g) in carrying out an examination of a person as the result of the issue of a summons;\n less the amount of any fees or expenses so incurred.\n\n#### 4.08 Application for damages where petition dismissed\n\n Where:\n (a) the Court has made a direction or other order under subsection 50(1) of the Act; and\n (b) the creditor’s petition against the debtor is subsequently dismissed;\n the debtor may, within 21 days after the day on which the petition is dismissed, apply to the Court for an order for:\n (c) the assessment of the amount of any damage resulting from the control of the property of the debtor by the Official Trustee or a registered trustee in accordance with the order; and\n (d) the payment by the creditor to the debtor of an amount so assessed.\n\n#### 4.09 Subsection 50(5) of the Act—prescribed modifications of applied provisions\n\n For the purposes of subsection 50(5) of the Act, section 81 of the Act is modified as follows:\n (a) by omitting from subsection (2) ‘An’ and substituting ‘Subject to subsection (2A), an’;\n (b) by inserting after subsection (2) the following subsection:\n ‘(2A) The Court or a magistrate may direct that an examination, or any part of an examination, under this section shall be held in private.’;\n (c) by omitting from subsection (9) ‘is the trustee’ and substituting ‘has been directed to take control of the property of the debtor’;\n (d) by omitting subsection (10A);\n (e) by omitting subsection (14) and substituting the following subsections:\n ‘(14) Subject to subsection (14A), the applicant for an examination under this section is to pay the costs incurred in connection with the examination.\n ‘(14A) The Court or a magistrate may order that all or some of the costs mentioned in subsection (14) are to be paid by the debtor.’.\n\n#### 4.10 Acceptance of debtor’s declaration\n\n Where, under paragraph 54C(a) of the Act, the Official Receiver accepts and signs a declaration, the Official Receiver must give a copy of the signed declaration to the debtor.\n\n#### 4.11 Prescribed information to be supplied by Official Receiver to debtor\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsections 54D(1), 55(3A), 56B(5) and 57(3A) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to bankruptcy;\n (b) information about the consequences of bankruptcy;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating bankruptcy;\n (d) information about a debtor’s right to choose whether the bankruptcy is administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (e) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to present to the Official Receiver, under section 54A of the Act, a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a declaration of intention to present a debtor’s petition under section 54A of the Act or a debtor’s petition under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgement (which may be included in or appended to the petition) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a petition without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the petition in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the petition by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a person (the intending petitioner) intends to present a petition under Division 2 of Part IV of the Act and the intending petitioner is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the petition or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The petition and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the intending petitioner; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the intending petitioner in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the intending petitioner has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the petition, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 4.12 Debtor’s petition—filing of trustee’s consent\n\n Where:\n (a) a debtor presents, or 2 or more debtors present, a petition to the Official Receiver under section 55, 56B or 57 of the Act; and\n (b) there is in force under section 156A of the Act the consent of a registered trustee to act as the trustee of:\n (i) the estate of the debtor; or\n (ii) in the case of 2 or more debtors—the separate estates, the joint estates, or the joint and separate estates, of the debtors or any of them;\n the petition to the Official Receiver must have with it the original, or a clearly legible photocopy, of the instrument of consent.\n\n#### 4.13 Notice to partners of referral to Court of petition by other partners against the partnership\n\n (1) Notice by the Official Receiver under subsection 56C(2) of the Act must:\n (a) be in writing; and\n (b) state that the petition has been referred to the Court specified in the notice; and\n (c) state the date, time and place of hearing of the petition.\n (2) The Official Receiver must give the notice:\n (a) at least 7 days before that date; and\n (b) in accordance with regulation 16.01;\n to each member to whom, under that subsection, it is required to be given.\n\n## Part 5—Control over person and property of debtors and bankrupts\n\n#### 5.01 Where debtor or bankrupt is arrested\n\n Where a person is arrested under section 78 of the Act, the arresting officer must immediately notify a Registrar of the arrest.\n\n#### 5.02 Fee for making request for consent to leave Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies in relation to a request by a bankrupt to the Official Trustee for the Official Trustee’s consent, under paragraph 272(1)(c) of the Act, to the bankrupt leaving Australia.\n (2) A fee is payable to the Official Trustee in relation to the making of the request.\n\n> Note: For the amount of the fee, see the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n## Part 6—Administration of property\n\n### Division 1—Order of payment of debts\n\n#### 6.01 Priority payments under section 109 of the Act—prescribed matters\n\n (1) Payment of proceeds of the property of a bankrupt under paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act is to be in the order set out in Schedule 3.\n (2) For the purposes of item 5 of Schedule 3:\n (a) a reference to the petitioning creditor is taken to include a reference to a petitioner whose petition has not been proceeded with because of the acceptance of the debtor’s petition; and\n (b) paragraph (a) applies irrespective of whether the debtor’s petition was referred to the Court under subsection 55(3B) of the Act or, if the petition was so referred, the outcome of the reference.\n\n#### 6.02 Maximum amount payable to employee\n\n (1) For the purposes of paragraph 109(1)(e) of the Act, the maximum amount due to or in respect of an employee of a bankrupt is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$3,100; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$3,100 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n> Note: Example: In the case of a bankruptcy occurring in the financial year 1997‑1998, the applicable CPI rate is the rate for 1996‑1997.\n\n> Note: For the meaning of financial year, see para. 22(1)(e) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.\n\n### Division 2—Property available for payment of debts\n\n#### 6.03 Household property\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(b)(i) of the Act, household property of the bankrupt specified in this regulation is household property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act (which deals with property divisible among the creditors) does not extend.\n (2) Subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to household property (including recreational and sports equipment) that is reasonably necessary for the domestic use of the bankrupt’s household, having regard to current social standards.\n (3) In particular (but without limiting by implication the generality of subregulation (2)), subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend to property of the following kinds:\n (a) in the case of kitchen equipment, cutlery, crockery, foodstuffs, heating equipment, cooling equipment, telephone equipment, fire detectors and extinguishers, anti‑burglar devices, bedding, linen, towels and other household effects—that property to the extent that it is reasonably appropriate for the household, having regard to the criteria mentioned in subregulation (4);\n (b) sufficient household furniture;\n (c) sufficient beds for the members of the household; and\n (d) educational, sporting or recreational items (including books) that are wholly or mainly for the use of children or students in the household;\n (e) 1 television set;\n (f) 1 set of stereo equipment;\n (g) 1 radio;\n (h) either:\n (i) 1 washing machine and 1 clothes drier; or\n (ii) 1 combined washing machine and clothes drier;\n (i) either:\n (i) 1 refrigerator and 1 freezer; or\n (ii) 1 combination refrigerator/freezer;\n (j) 1 generator, if relied on to supply electrical power to the household;\n (k) 1 telephone appliance;\n (l) 1 video recorder.\n (4) For the purposes of deciding whether property, other than property of a kind mentioned in paragraphs (3)(b) to (l) (both inclusive), is property to which subregulation (2) applies, regard must be had to the following criteria:\n (a) the number and ages of members of the bankrupt’s household;\n (b) any special health or medical needs of any of those members;\n (c) any special climatic or other factors (including geographical isolation) of the place where the household residence is located;\n (d) whether the property is reasonably necessary for the functioning or servicing of the household as a viable and properly run household;\n (e) whether the costs of seizure, storage and sale of the property would be likely to exceed the sale price of the property;\n (f) if paragraph (e) does not apply—whether for any other reason (for example, costs of transport) the sale of the property would be likely to be uneconomical.\n (5) The preceding provisions of this regulation do not prevent subsection 116(1) of the Act from extending to antique items.\n (6) For the purposes of subregulation (5), an item is taken to be antique if, and only if, a substantial part of its market value is attributable to its age or historical significance.\n\n#### 6.03A Personal property\n\n (1) For subparagraph 116(2)(ba)(ii) of the Act, sporting, cultural, military or academic awards made to the bankrupt in recognition of his or her performance are personal property to which subsection 116(1) of the Act does not extend.\n (2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a monetary award.\n\n#### 6.03B Property divisible among creditors—prescribed amounts\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph 116(2)(c)(i) of the Act, the maximum total value of a bankrupt’s property that is for use by the bankrupt in earning income by personal exertion is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$2,600; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (2).\n (2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$2,600 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph 116(2)(ca) of the Act, the maximum aggregate value of property used by the bankrupt primarily as a means of transport is:\n (a) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring or continuing in the period commencing on the commencement date and ending at the end of 30 June 1997—$5,000; or\n (b) in the case of a bankruptcy occurring in a financial year commencing on 1 July 1997 or on 1 July of a subsequent year—the amount worked out in accordance with subregulation (4).\n (4) For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b), the applicable amount is:\n (a) in the case of the financial year commencing on 1 July 1997—$5,000 increased in accordance with the CPI rate for the financial year that commenced on 1 July 1996 and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50; and\n (b) in the case of a subsequent financial year—the amount worked out in accordance with this subregulation for the immediately preceding financial year, increased in accordance with the CPI rate for that financial year and rounded down to the nearest multiple of $50.\n\n### Division 2A—Rural support schemes\n\n#### 6.04A Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(k) of the Act, the following rural support schemes are prescribed:\n (a) DEP scheme;\n (b) farm help re‑establishment grant scheme.\n\n#### 6.04B Prescribed rural support schemes (Act s 116)\n\n For paragraph 116(2)(l) of the Act, each rural support scheme mentioned in the following table, and the circumstances mentioned for the scheme, are prescribed.\n\n| Item | Rural support scheme | Circumstance |\n| ---- | -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |\n| 1 | 1985 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 2 | 1988 Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 3 | Rural Adjustment Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation or household support |\n| 4 | Rural Adjustment Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rural adjustment |\n| 5 | Rural Reconstruction Grant Scheme | Assistance is required by a person engaged in the agricultural industry, in the form of a grant or loan for rehabilitation |\n| 6 | Sugar Industry Reform Program | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged in the sugar industry, as a grower or harvester, to exit all agricultural industries |\n| 7 | Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package | Assistance is required in the form of a grant to enable a person engaged, or previously engaged, in the tobacco industry as a grower to exit all agricultural industries |\n\n### Division 4—Undervalued transactions\n\n#### 6.09 Transfers exempt from being void against trustee\n\n The kind of transfer of property to which paragraph 120(2)(d) of the Act applies is one where the costs of recovering the transferred property would, in the trustee’s opinion, be likely to exceed the value to the creditors of the property.\n\n### Division 5—Realisation of property\n\n#### 6.10 Disclaimer of onerous property\n\n (1) A notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must:\n (a) in every case—adequately identify:\n (i) the bankrupt to whom the notice relates; and\n (ii) the property or contract being disclaimed; and\n (b) in the case of disclaimer, without the leave of the Court, of:\n (i) a lease—set out facts showing that subsection 133(4) of the Act has been complied with; or\n (ii) a contract—set out facts showing that the contract is, for the purposes of subsection 133(5A) of the Act, an unprofitable contract.\n (2) A trustee who gives a notice of disclaimer under subsection 133(1) or (1A) of the Act must give the notice to each person who, to the trustee’s knowledge:\n (a) in the case of disclaimer of property—has an interest in the property; or\n (b) in the case of a contract—is entitled to a benefit of, or subject to a burden or liability under, the contract.\n\n### Division 6—Definition of income (Act s 139L)\n\n#### 6.11 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> FBTA Act means the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992.\n\n#### 6.12 Fringe benefits: modification of the FBTA Act\n\n (1) For the purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the FBTA Act is modified in accordance with Schedule 4.\n (2) For those purposes, the following modifications of the FBTA Act apply:\n (a) a reference to a year of tax is taken to be a reference to a contribution assessment period;\n (b) a reference to the taxable value of a benefit is taken to be a reference to the value, for the purposes of the Act, of the benefit;\n (c) a reference to the declaration date is taken to be a reference to the date occurring 21 days after the end of the contribution assessment period in relation to the bankrupt;\n (d) a reference to a declaration to be given to the employer is taken to be a reference to a declaration to be given to the trustee;\n (e) a reference to a form approved by the Commissioner is taken to be a reference to a form approved by the Inspector‑General;\n (f) subject to paragraph (d), a reference to an employer, or to the employer, is taken to be a reference to any person (other than the bankrupt);\n (g) a reference to an employee, or to the employee, is taken to be a reference to a bankrupt, or to the bankrupt, as the case requires;\n (h) a reference (however expressed) to:\n (i) the employment of the employee; or\n (ii) an associate of the employee;\n is to be disregarded.\n (3) In spite of subregulations (1) and (2), the modifications specified or referred to in those subregulations do not apply in relation to the provision of a fringe benefit, within the meaning of the FBTA Act, where the provider of the fringe benefit:\n (a) was the employer of the bankrupt; and\n (b) provided the fringe benefit to the bankrupt in respect of his or her employment by the provider; and\n (c) was not an employer over whom the bankrupt exercised effective control, whether directly or indirectly.\n\n#### 6.12A Restart scheme payments\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, payments of restart income support, being payments of a kind mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of restart scheme payments in subsection 3(2) of the Farm Household Support Act 1992, are not income of a bankrupt.\n\n#### 6.12B Superannuation contributions\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), for subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following contributions and payments made for the purpose of providing superannuation benefits for a bankrupt person are not income of the person:\n (a) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person to the extent that the contributions reduce the employer’s potential liability for the superannuation guarantee charge imposed under section 5 of the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992;\n (b) contributions made by, or on behalf of, each employer of the person in accordance with the employer’s obligation to make contributions for the person under:\n (i) an industrial award or determination made under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (ii) an industrial agreement registered, made or lodged under a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or\n (iii) a law of the Commonwealth, or of a State or Territory;\n that exceed the contributions, made by or on behalf of the employer, mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (c) payments of shortfall components made to, or for the benefit of, the person under sections 65 to 67 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n (2) Contributions for a year are taken to be income of a person if:\n (a) the contributions exceed 9% of the employee’s ordinary time earnings for the year; and\n (b) the employer has an obligation to make the contributions that arise under an individual industrial agreement; and\n (c) the contributions are not contributions of the kind mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(iii).\n (3) For this regulation:\n\n> individual industrial agreement means an industrial agreement made solely between the employer and the person, including the following:\n\n (a) an AWA, or an ITEA, to which the Fair Work (Transitional Provisions and Consequential Amendments) Act 2009 applies;\n (b) a similar agreement under the law of a State or Territory.\n\n> ordinary time earnings has the meaning given by section 6 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n> shortfall component has the same meaning as it has in Part 8 of the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992.\n\n#### 6.12C Family assistance and social security payments\n\n (1) For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, the following payments or amounts are not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) a payment or amount of family tax benefit paid under the family assistance law;\n (b) an amount that is not income for the purposes of the Social Security Act 1991 because of subsection 8(8) of that Act, except for a payment or amount mentioned in paragraph (a), (h), (ha), (k), (ka), (m), (z), (za) or (zb) of that subsection.\n (2) For this regulation, family assistance law has the same meaning as in the A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Administration) Act 1999.\n\n#### 6.12D Primary Industry rural support scheme\n\n For subparagraph (b)(v) of the definition of income in section 139L of the Act, any of the following is not income of a bankrupt:\n (a) an amount paid to a person under the DEP scheme;\n (b) an amount paid to a person under the Sugar Industry Reform Program for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B;\n (c) an amount paid to a person under the Tobacco Grower Adjustment Assistance Package for the prescribed circumstance mentioned for it in regulation 6.04B.\n\n### Division 7—Contributions by bankrupt\n\n#### 6.13 Interpretation\n\n In this Division:\n\n> contributing bankrupt means a bankrupt who is liable to make contributions.\n\n> contribution means a contribution payable or paid under section 139P or 139Q of the Act.\n\n#### 6.14 Contributions by bankrupt—modes of payment\n\n (1) A contributing bankrupt may pay a contribution in any of the following ways:\n (a) in cash to the trustee at the trustee’s office during business hours;\n (b) by bank draft, cheque, money order or postal order payable to the trustee and delivered or posted to that office;\n (c) by deposit of the amount of the contribution in, or transfer of that amount to, the trustee’s bank account;\n (d) any other method authorised in writing by the trustee.\n (2) In the case of payment by cheque, payment is taken to occur when the cheque is cleared and the amount of the payment is credited to the account into which the cheque is deposited.\n (3) The trustee may, on reasonable notice in writing to the bankrupt, vary or cancel an authorisation under paragraph (1)(d).\n (4) If the trustee incurs a delivery or postal charge (including a surcharge) or bank charge in connection with the receipt or processing of payment of a contribution, the trustee may reimburse himself or herself for the amount of the charge from the bankrupt’s estate.\n\n#### 6.15 Contributions where bankrupt dies\n\n If a contributing bankrupt dies during a contribution assessment period:\n (a) no refund is payable in respect of any part of a contribution paid by or on behalf of the bankrupt in respect of that period; and\n (b) if a contribution in respect of that period remains unpaid, the deceased bankrupt’s estate is liable for the portion of the contribution attributable to the part of the period occurring before the date of death.\n\n> Note: For proceedings in bankruptcy on the death of the bankrupt, see s. 63 of the Act.\n\n#### 6.15A Contribution assessment—income of dependant\n\n (1) For paragraph (c) of the definition of dependant in section 139K of the Act, the amount is $2 500.\n (2) Section 304A of the Act applies to this regulation as if the amount mentioned in subregulation (1) were an amount also mentioned in the definition of indexable amount in subsection 304A(1) of the Act.\n\n#### 6.17 Certificate of outstanding contribution\n\n (1) A trustee may give a certificate, signed and dated by the trustee, stating:\n (a) that the trustee has made an assessment under subsection 139W(1) or (2) of the Act in relation to a bankrupt; and\n (b) the amount of the contribution to which the assessment relates that the bankrupt is liable to pay; and\n (c) that the trustee has given notice setting out particulars of the assessment to the bankrupt under subsection 139W(4) of the Act; and\n (d) the respective dates of the assessment and the notice.\n (2) In proceedings against the bankrupt for recovery of the amount, or part of the amount, of a contribution, the certificate:\n (a) is evidence that the bankrupt is liable to pay the amount of contribution stated in the certificate; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 6.18 Discharged bankrupt to give information if contribution unpaid\n\n (1) If:\n (a) a person is discharged from bankruptcy; and\n (b) immediately before being discharged he or she was a contributing bankrupt; and\n (c) after the discharge he or she remains liable, under section 139R of the Act, in respect of a contribution that is due and unpaid;\n the person must at once give notice in writing to the trustee in relation to the bankruptcy if any change occurs in the particulars:\n (d) set out in the person’s statement of affairs in relation to the bankruptcy; or\n (e) notified by the person under section 80 of the Act.\n\nPenalty: 10 penalty units\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 8—Notice under section 139ZL of the Act\n\n#### 6.19 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act not to refer to protected money\n\n A notice under section 139ZL of the Act must not specify money or property that is protected, under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory, from a process such as assignment, attachment, charging, execution or garnishment.\n\n#### 6.20 Notice under section 139ZL of the Act (notice of ceasing or commencing employment)\n\n (1) If the employer of a bankrupt receives a notice under section 139ZL of the Act in relation to the bankrupt and the employment of the bankrupt subsequently ceases, the employer must, within 21 days of the cessation, give notice in writing to the trustee of the bankrupt stating that, on the date specified in the notice, the bankrupt ceased to be employed by the employer.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (2) Within 21 days after commencing employment with an employer, the bankrupt must give notice in writing to the trustee stating:\n (a) the employer’s name and postal address; and\n (b) the address of the place where the bankrupt is employed; and\n (c) the amount of the bankrupt’s average gross weekly income from the employment.\n\nPenalty: 2 penalty units\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) or (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n### Division 9—Distribution of property\n\n#### 6.21 Minimum amount of dividend\n\n For the purposes of subsection 140(9) of the Act, the amount of $25 is prescribed.\n\n#### 6.22 Manner of declaring final dividend\n\n A notice under subsection 145(3) of the Act must be given by serving it, in accordance with subregulation 16.01(1), on each person to whom, under the subsection, it must be given.\n\n## Part 7—Discharge and annulment\n\n#### 7.01 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of return of bankrupt to Australia\n\n (1) This regulation applies to a registered trustee who is the trustee of the estate of a bankrupt, if:\n (a) an objection to the discharge of the bankrupt has been made on a ground, or on grounds that include a ground, referred to in paragraph 149D(1)(a) or (h) of the Act (which refer to the bankrupt being out of Australia); and\n (b) the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (c) the trustee becomes aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia.\n (2) Within 7 days after becoming aware that the bankrupt has returned to Australia, the registered trustee must give notice in writing to the Official Receiver stating:\n (a) that the bankrupt has returned to Australia; and\n (b) the date on which:\n (i) the bankrupt returned; or\n (ii) if the trustee does not know the date on which the bankrupt returned—the trustee became aware that the bankrupt had returned.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit\n\n (3) An offence against subregulation (2) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n#### 7.01A Grounds of objection—failure to provide complete and accurate information\n\n For paragraph 149D(1)(d) of the Act, a bankrupt is taken to have failed to comply with a request to provide information if the bankrupt has provided information that is incomplete or inaccurate.\n\n#### 7.02 Trustee to inform the Official Receiver of cancellation of objection\n\n (1) This regulation applies where the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the AAT), on an application under section 149Q of the Act for review of a decision of a registered trustee to file a notice of objection to the discharge of a bankrupt, cancels or varies the decision.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the registered trustee must, by notice in writing, inform the Official Receiver of the decision of the AAT.\n (3) The registered trustee must give the notice within 7 days of being notified of the decision of the AAT.\n (4) An offence against subregulation (3) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 8—Trustees\n\n### Division 1—Consent to act, and appointment, as trustee of estate\n\n#### 8.01 Consent to act as trustee—subsection 156A(1) of the Act\n\n A trustee who signs an instrument under subsection 156A(1) of the Act in relation to a debtor must file the instrument with the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the Court makes a sequestration order against the debtor’s estate—not later than 2 business days after the day on which the order is made; or\n (b) otherwise—as soon as practicable after signing it.\n\n#### 8.02 Certificate of appointment under subsection 156A(3) of the Act\n\n Where a registered trustee becomes, under subsection 156A(3) of the Act, the trustee of an estate or of joint and separate estates, the Official Receiver may give the registered trustee a certificate to that effect.\n\n### Division 2—Controlling trustees other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n#### 8.35 Eligibility of controlling trustees, other than Official Trustee or registered trustees\n\n (1) For the purposes of subsection 188(2A) of the Act, a person (other than the Official Trustee or a registered trustee) is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the person:\n (a) is convicted of a criminal offence involving fraud or dishonesty, or was so convicted within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (b) is not insured against the liabilities the person may become subject to as a controlling trustee; or\n (c) is a solicitor who no longer holds a practising certificate; or\n (d) is an undischarged bankrupt or insolvent under administration, or became a party (as debtor) to a debt agreement or a Part X administration within the 10 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (e) is a person who the Inspector‑General decides under subregulation (3) has failed to properly exercise powers or carry out duties or to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation, or in relation to whom such a decision was made within the 3 years before the proposed authorisation; or\n (f) either:\n (i) is not a full member of the Australian Restructuring Insolvency and Turnaround Association; or\n (ii) has not satisfactorily completed a course in insolvency approved by the Inspector‑General.\n (2) The Inspector‑General may approve a course in insolvency by notice published on the Australian Financial Security Authority’s website.\n (3) In addition to subregulation (1), a person who is, or has been, a controlling trustee is not eligible to act as a controlling trustee if the Inspector‑General determines that the person:\n (a) has failed to properly exercise the powers, or carry out the duties, of a controlling trustee; or\n (b) has refused, or failed to cooperate with the Inspector‑General in an inquiry or investigation under paragraph 12(1)(b) of the Act.\n (4) If the Inspector‑General forms an opinion of the kind mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) or (b), the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) by written notice, tell the person; and\n (b) invite the person to respond within 28 days or such longer time as is specified in the notice.\n (5) After the expiry of the time mentioned in paragraph (4)(b), the Inspector‑General may, having regard to the response (if any) of the person, make a determination under subregulation (3).\n (6) If the Inspector‑General makes a determination under subregulation (3), the Inspector‑General must give the person a written notice of the determination, setting out the reasons.\n\n#### 8.40 Review by Tribunal of determination\n\n Applications may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of decisions of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 8.35(3).\n\n#### 8.45 Official Trustee to perform duties\n\n (1) This regulation applies if a controlling trustee becomes ineligible to act as a controlling trustee under regulation 8.35.\n (2) The Official Trustee must perform the duties of the controlling trustee unless and until the debtor appoints a controlling trustee who is eligible to so act.\n\n### Division 3—Registered trustee ceasing to be trustee of an estate\n\n#### 8.50 Notice of removal of trustee of estate\n\n (1) This regulation applies if the trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate is removed from the office of trustee of the estate by the Court or by the creditors.\n (2) Notice must be given in writing to the Official Receiver stating the name of the trustee, the fact and the date of the removal and whether the removal was by the Court or the creditors.\n (3) The notice must be given:\n (a) in the case of removal by the Court—by the applicant to the Court for the removal, as soon as practicable after the making of the order for removal; or\n (b) in the case of removal by the creditors—by the new trustee of the regulated debtor’s estate appointed by the creditors under section 90‑35 of Schedule 2 to the Act, as soon as practicable after the appointment.\n (4) An offence against this regulation is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n#### 8.55 Notice of finalisation of administration and entry on the Index\n\n (1) The trustee of a regulated debtor’s estate must, within 5 working days of finalising the administration of the estate, give notice in writing of the finalisation to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) The Official Receiver must promptly enter on the Index the fact that the administration of an estate has been finalised, where:\n (a) the Official Receiver receives notice under subregulation (1); or\n (b) the estate was administered by the Official Trustee.\n (3) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n## Part 9—Debt agreements\n\n#### 9.01 Prescribed information to be supplied to the debtor\n\n (1) For paragraph 185C(2D)(b) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about alternatives to entering into a debt agreement;\n (b) information about the consequences of making a debt agreement proposal;\n (c) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a debt agreement;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy for a debtor to give to the Official Receiver a debt agreement proposal.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) The Official Receiver must not accept a debtor’s debt agreement proposal under Division 2 of Part IX of the Act, unless the debtor has given to the Official Receiver a signed acknowledgment that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) If the debtor presents a debt agreement proposal without having given the acknowledgement, the Official Receiver must:\n (a) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal in person—give the prescribed information to the debtor; or\n (b) if the debtor presents the debt agreement proposal by post—post the prescribed information to the debtor.\n (5) Subregulation (6) applies if a debtor intends to present a debt agreement proposal and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the debt agreement proposal or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (6) The debt agreement proposal and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (7) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the debt agreement proposal, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 9.02 Qualifications for approval of application to be registered as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraph 186C(2)(e) of the Act, the qualifications are any of the following:\n (a) any of the following awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution:\n (i) a Certificate IV in Financial Services (Accounting) awarded for study starting between 10 July 2004 and 23 November 2010;\n (ii) a Certificate IV in Accounting awarded for study starting between 24 November 2010 and 12 February 2018;\n (iii) a Certificate IV in Accounting and Bookkeeping awarded for study starting on or after 13 February 2018;\n (b) a degree, diploma or similar qualification for which the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (iii) it was awarded by an Australian tertiary education institution;\n (c) a degree, diploma or similar qualification awarded by a foreign tertiary education institution and for which the Inspector‑General is satisfied the following conditions are met:\n (i) it is of a level equivalent to or higher than the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (ii) the study for it included the same or similar subject matter as the study for the qualification mentioned in paragraph (a);\n (d) membership of either of the following bodies:\n (i) Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand;\n (ii) CPA Australia Ltd.\n\n#### 9.03 Prescribed amount of owed notified estate charges preventing renewal of registration as debt agreement administrator\n\n For the purposes of paragraphs 186C(3)(d) and (5)(d) of the Act, the amount is $500.\n\n## Part 10—Personal insolvency agreements\n\n#### 10.01 Modifications of Part X of the Act—joint debtors\n\n For section 187A of the Act, a provision of Part X of the Act specified in Part 1 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to joint debtors, whether partners or not.\n\n#### 10.02 Information to be given to debtor (Act ss 188(2AA) and (2AB))\n\n (1) For subsections 188(2AA) and (2AB) of the Act, the following information is prescribed:\n (a) information about the consequences of entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (b) information about sources of financial advice and guidance to persons facing or contemplating entering into a personal insolvency agreement;\n (c) information about whether a personal insolvency agreement may be administered by a registered trustee or the Official Trustee;\n (d) a statement that it is an act of bankruptcy if a debtor does any of the things mentioned in paragraphs 40(1)(i) to (m) of the Act;\n (e) information about the processes under Part X of the Act;\n (f) information about a debtor’s rights and responsibilities under Part X of the Act, including a debtor’s obligation to disclose all related entities;\n (g) information about a controlling trustee’s obligation to disclose his or her relationship with a debtor.\n (2) The information must be factual and objective.\n (3) A person authorised under subsection 188(1) of the Act to take control of a debtor’s property must not consent to exercise the powers given by the authority unless the debtor has given the person a signed acknowledgement (which may be included with or appended to the authority) that the debtor has received and read the prescribed information.\n (4) Subregulation (5) applies if a debtor intends to sign an authority and the debtor is:\n (a) unable to read the relevant material, because he or she is:\n (i) blind, partially sighted, illiterate or partially literate; or\n (ii) insufficiently familiar with the English language; or\n (b) unable to sign the authority or the acknowledgment, because of a physical incapacity.\n (5) The authority and the acknowledgement may be signed by another person, who must sign a statement:\n (a) if subparagraph (5)(a)(i) applies—that he or she has read the relevant material to the debtor; or\n (b) if subparagraph (5)(a)(ii) applies—that he or she has interpreted the relevant material to the debtor in a language with which both persons are familiar; or\n (c) if paragraph (5)(b) applies—that he or she believes that the debtor has read and understood the relevant material.\n (6) In this regulation:\n\n> relevant material means the authority, the prescribed information and the acknowledgment.\n\n#### 10.03 Documents under section 188 of Act\n\n (1) A registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority under section 188 of the Act must sign a consent in accordance with the approved form.\n (2) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after consenting, give a copy of the signed consent to an Official Receiver.\n (3) The registered trustee or solicitor must, within 2 business days after a proposal for dealing with the debtor’s affairs under Part X of the Act is finalised, give a copy of the proposal to:\n (a) an Official Receiver; and\n (b) each creditor of the bankrupt of whom the registered trustee or solicitor is aware.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 188(5) of the Act, a registered trustee or solicitor who consents to exercise the powers given by an authority must also give a copy of the authority and the debtor’s statement of affairs to an Official Receiver.\n\n#### 10.06 Controlling trustee to give Official Receiver copy of special resolution and certain particulars for the Index\n\n (1) If, at a meeting called under an authority under section 188 of the Act, a special resolution is passed under subsection 204(1) of the Act, the controlling trustee must give to the Official Receiver, within 7 days after the date when the resolution is passed:\n (a) a copy of the resolution; and\n (b) written notice specifying the following particulars for entry in the Index:\n (i) the date of the resolution;\n (ii) in respect of the debtor:\n (A) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (B) the debtor’s address;\n (C) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iii) if the resolution requires the debtor to execute a personal insolvency agreement—the name of each person nominated under subsection 204(3) of the Act to be a trustee of the agreement.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.07 Modifications of Part VIII of the Act—controlling trustees and trustees of personal insolvency agreements\n\n For section 210 of the Act, a provision of Part VIII of the Act specified in Part 3 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that section, to the controlling trustee in relation to a debtor.\n\n#### 10.08 Modifications of Division 1 of Part V of the Act—debtors whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act\n\n For subsection 211(1) of the Act, a provision in Division 1 of Part V of the Act specified in Part 4 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor whose property is subject to control under Division 2 of Part X of the Act.\n\n#### 10.10 Notification of personal insolvency agreement\n\n A notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act must be in writing.\n\n> Note: Regulation 16.01 applies to a notification under paragraph 218(1)(a) of the Act.\n\n#### 10.11 Sequestration order, or order terminating or setting aside a personal insolvency agreement—notice to Official Receiver (Act s 221, s 222 and s 222C)\n\n (1) This regulation does not apply in relation to an applicant who is the Official Trustee, the Inspector‑General or a person authorised by the Inspector‑General under subsection 222(1) or (5) of the Act.\n (2) If the Court makes a sequestration order under subsection 221(1), 222(10) or 222C(5) of the Act, the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (3) If the Court makes an order:\n (a) under subsection 222(1), (2) or (5) of the Act, setting aside a personal insolvency agreement; or\n (b) under subsection 222C(1) of the Act, terminating a personal insolvency agreement;\n the applicant for the order must give a copy of the order to the Official Receiver.\n (4) A copy of an order required by this regulation to be given to the Official Receiver must be given within 2 days after the order is made.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.12 Termination of personal insolvency agreement by trustee (Act s 222A)\n\n (1) If a personal insolvency agreement is terminated in accordance with section 222A of the Act, the trustee of the agreement must immediately give written notice of the termination to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (2) An offence against subregulation (1) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n#### 10.13 Modifications of Parts V and VI of the Act—personal insolvency agreements\n\n (1) For subsection 231(1) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 5 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a debtor who has executed a personal insolvency agreement.\n (2) For subsection 231(3) of the Act, a provision specified in Part 6 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a personal insolvency agreement.\n (3) For subsection 231(5) of the Act, the provision specified in Part 7 of Schedule 6 is modified in accordance with that Part in relation to its application, in accordance with that subsection, to a trustee of a personal insolvency agreement.\n\n#### 10.14 Certificate relating to realisation of divisible property and non‑availability of dividend\n\n (1) If the trustee of a personal insolvency agreement is satisfied that the divisible property of the debtor has, so far as practicable, been realised and no dividend is payable to the creditors, the trustee must, on written request by the debtor, give the debtor a certificate signed by the trustee to that effect.\n (2) The trustee must give the certificate to the debtor within 7 days of receiving the written request.\n (3) In any proceeding, a certificate signed by the trustee under subregulation (1):\n (a) is evidence of the facts stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (4) If the trustee gives a certificate to the debtor under subsection 232(1) of the Act or subregulation (1), the trustee must, within 7 days of giving the certificate, give a copy of the certificate to the Official Receiver.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\n## Part 11—Administration of estates of deceased persons in bankruptcy\n\n#### 11.01 Statement of affairs and of administration of estate\n\n A statement under paragraph 246(1)(a) or subsection 247(1) of the Act must state, so far as applicable, the following particulars:\n (a) in relation to the capital account of the deceased person’s estate:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (b) in relation to each of the assets of the deceased person transferred to beneficiaries—the particulars of the asset, the date of transfer and the name and address of the relevant beneficiary;\n (c) in relation to the income account of the deceased person:\n (i) particulars of each amount received, including the name of the payer, the date received and the bank account into which the amount was paid; and\n (ii) particulars of each amount paid, including the name of the payee, the date of payment and the bank account from which the amount was drawn;\n (d) in relation to each of the unsecured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt; and\n (iii) the year when the debt was contracted; and\n (iv) the nature of the debt;\n (e) in relation to each of the secured debts owed by the deceased person:\n (i) the name and address of the creditor and the amount (if any) owed by the creditor to the deceased person; and\n (ii) the amount of the debt and particulars of the security relating to it; and\n (iii) the date when the security was given; and\n (iv) the estimated present value of the security; and\n (v) the estimated deficiency or surplus if the security were to be realised;\n (f) in relation to each of current hire purchase, credit purchase, lease purchase or similar agreements:\n (i) the name and address of the finance company; and\n (ii) the date of the agreement; and\n (iii) particulars of the goods to which the agreement relates; and\n (iv) any arrears of payment under the agreement; and\n (v) the amount required to complete the agreement; and\n (vi) the present value of the goods and the estimated deficiency or surplus if the goods were to be realised;\n (g) in relation to any other assets and liabilities, including contingent assets and liabilities, of the deceased person’s estate—particulars of each asset and liability, including its present value.\n\n#### 11.01A Copy of petition etc to be given to Official Receiver\n\n (1) A person who presents a petition under section 244 or 247 of the Act must, within 2 business days after the petition is endorsed by the Court, give a copy of the petition to the Official Receiver.\n (2) The time within which, under subsection 244(14) of the Act, a creditor must give to the Official Receiver a copy of an order under subsection 244(11) of the Act is 2 business days after the order is endorsed by the Court.\n\n#### 11.01B Proof of statement of affairs\n\n (1) Subregulation (2) applies in any proceedings to a document or copy of a document that purports to be a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General stating that, at a particular point in time, the form of statement of affairs that is attached to the certificate was the approved form for section 6A of the Act.\n (2) The document or copy:\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n\n#### 11.02 Modifications of the Act—administration of estates of deceased persons\n\n For the purposes of subsections 248(1) and (3) of the Act, the provisions specified in Schedule 7 are modified in accordance with that Schedule in relation to proceedings under Part XI of the Act and the administration of estates under that Part.\n\n## Part 12—Unclaimed dividends or moneys\n\n#### 12.01 Statement where moneys are paid to the Commonwealth\n\n (1) Where a trustee pays moneys, under subsection 254(2) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, he or she must, at the time of payment, give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) the relevant bankrupt, debtor or (subject to subregulation (2)) deceased person, as the case requires; and\n (c) each person who, so far as the trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), where the relevant person is a deceased person, the address to be stated is that person’s address at the date of his or her death.\n (3) Where the Official Trustee or Official Receiver, or a registered trustee, pays moneys, under subsection 254(2A) of the Act, to the Commonwealth, that person must, at the time of payment give to the officer to whom the moneys are paid a statement setting out the name and address of:\n (a) the trustee; and\n (b) each person who, so far as the Official Trustee, Official Receiver or registered trustee is aware, is entitled to the moneys or any part of the moneys.\n (4) A registered trustee who gives a statement to an officer in accordance with subregulation (1) or (3) must, within 7 days, give a copy of the statement to the Official Receiver.\n (5) An offence against subregulation (4) is an offence of strict liability.\n\nPenalty: 1 penalty unit.\n\n> Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.\n\n## Part 13—National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n### Division 1—Preliminary\n\n#### 13.01 Interpretation\n\n In this Part:\n\n> BIOS means the electronic database, known as the Bankruptcy Index Online System, maintained before the commencement date by Registrars in Bankruptcy.\n\n#### 13.02 Establishment and maintenance of the National Personal Insolvency Index\n\n (1) For the purposes of the definition of National Personal Insolvency Index in subsection 5(1) of the Act, there is established an electronic index to be known as the National Personal Insolvency Index.\n (2) The Inspector‑General has responsibility for the operation of the Index.\n (3) Each Official Receiver is to maintain the Index on behalf of the Inspector‑General.\n\n### Division 2—Information to be entered on the Index\n\n#### 13.03 What information is to be entered on the Index?\n\n (1) Subject to this regulation, the following information is to be entered on the Index:\n (a) in respect of each creditor’s petition, bankruptcy, debt agreement under Part IX of the Act, personal insolvency agreement, administration under Part XI of the Act or order under section 253E of the Act, occurring or made on or after the commencement date—information of the kind specified in Schedule 8, to the extent applicable;\n (b) the information on BIOS in respect of bankruptcies (including completed bankruptcies);\n (c) in respect of each registered trustee or controlling trustee (other than the Official Trustee):\n (i) the trustee’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the trustee’s business address (including, where applicable, the postal address) and telephone number;\n (iii) a statement or summary of any conditions applying to the person’s entitlement to practise as a registered trustee;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the trustee are entered on the Index;\n (v) the date (if any) of termination of the trustee’s registration as a trustee;\n (d) in respect of each applicant for registration as a trustee:\n (i) the applicant’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the applicant’s business address (or, if none, his or her residential address);\n (iii) the applicant’s occupation;\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the applicant are entered on the Index;\n (e) in respect of each debtor specified in subregulation (3):\n (i) the debtor’s full name, and any alias;\n (ii) the debtor’s address;\n (iii) the debtor’s occupation (if any);\n (iv) the date on which details in respect of the debtor are entered on the Index;\n (f) information that, under these Regulations, the Official Receiver:\n (i) receives for entry on the Index; or\n (ii) is required to enter on the Index;\n (g) information concerning a creditor’s petition (including details of any orders made in relation to the petition, or the withdrawal of the petition).\n (1A) In relation to a matter mentioned in paragraph (1)(a), a document described in an item in Schedule 8 must be given to the Official Receiver by the person mentioned in column 4 of the item within the period mentioned in column 5 of the item.\n (1B) Item 13 of Schedule 8 applies in relation only to a bankruptcy dated 4 May 2003 or earlier.\n (2) Paragraph (1)(a) is taken to apply also to bankruptcies that:\n (a) occurred before the commencement date; and\n (b) were not completed before the commencement date.\n (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the following debtors are specified:\n (a) a debtor whose property is subject, by reason of a direction of the Court under paragraph 50(1)(a) of the Act, to the control of the Official Trustee or a registered trustee;\n (b) a debtor who signed an authority under subsection 188(1) of the Act;\n (c) subject to subregulation (5), in the case of a deceased debtor—where a petition for an order for the administration of the debtor’s estate has been presented under Part XI of the Act;\n (d) a debtor who has applied to the Court under subsection 253E(1) of the Act for an order staying all or any proceedings under a petition.\n (4) In the application of paragraph (3)(c) (concerning certain deceased debtors) to paragraph (1)(e), the information to be entered is the information that applied in respect of the debtor immediately before his or her death.\n (5) Subregulation (1) applies subject to:\n (a) any decision of the Inspector‑General under paragraph 13.04(3)(a); and\n (b) any order or direction of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal on an application under regulation 13.05.\n (6) If an entry on the Index contains information that is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, in any particular:\n (a) contrary to, or inconsistent with, a decision, order or direction of a kind mentioned in subregulation (5); or\n (b) out of date, inaccurate or misleading;\n the Official Receiver must correct the entry without delay.\n\n#### 13.04 Application for certain information not to be on the Index\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (4), a person who is a debtor or bankrupt may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General for information in respect of the person:\n (a) not to be entered on the Index, on the ground that the entry of the information would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (b) on the Index to be removed on the ground that:\n (i) its inclusion jeopardises, or is likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety; or\n (ii) it is inaccurate or misleading; or\n (c) on the Index to be corrected on the ground that it is inaccurate or misleading.\n\n> Note: Under subregulation (4), an application cannot be made for the removal of information in respect of a person’s name or date of birth.\n\n (2) The application must specify the ground relied and contain, or have with it, full particulars in support of the ground.\n\n> Note: Example: A person may rely on a court order (such as a domestic violence order) to show that publication of the information in question would jeopardise, or be likely to jeopardise, the person’s safety.\n\n (3) The Inspector‑General must, without delay:\n (a) decide an application; and\n (b) give notice in writing to the applicant of:\n (i) the decision and the reasons for it; and\n (ii) the applicant’s right, if aggrieved by the decision, to apply under regulation 13.05 to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n (4) An application or a decision must not be made under this regulation to remove from the Index any of the following items of information in respect of a person:\n (a) the person’s name;\n (b) the person’s date of birth.\n\n#### 13.05 Application to the AAT\n\n A person who made an application under subregulation 13.04(1) and who is aggrieved by a decision under paragraph 13.04(3) (a) in respect of the application may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the decision.\n\n### Division 2A—Removal of information from the Index\n\n#### 13.05A Removal of information relating to debt agreement from the Index\n\n (1) If a debt agreement ends under section 185N of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) the day on which the debt agreement ends.\n (2) If a debt agreement is terminated under section 185P, 185Q, 185QA or 185R of the Act, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the debt agreement is terminated.\n (3) If an order is made under section 185U of the Act declaring all of a debt agreement void, the Official Receiver must remove information relating to the debt agreement from the Index within 1 month after the later of the following days:\n (a) 5 years after the day on which the debt agreement was made;\n (b) 2 years after the day on which the order is made.\n\n#### 13.05B Removal of information relating to debt agreement proposal from the Index\n\n The Official Receiver must remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index within 1 year after the day on which any of the following occurs:\n (a) the proposal is withdrawn;\n (b) the proposal is not accepted under section 185EC of the Act;\n (c) the acceptance of the proposal for processing is cancelled under section 185ED of the Act;\n (d) the proposal lapses under section 185G of the Act.\n\n### Division 3—Miscellaneous\n\n#### 13.06 Inspection of the Index\n\n (1) A person may, by application in writing, ask an Official Receiver to inspect material in the Index and give an extract of material specified in the application.\n (2) On receipt of an application, the Official Receiver:\n (a) if the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination is paid—must inspect the Index and, within 14 days of receiving the application:\n (i) give the requested extract to the applicant; or\n (ii) tell the applicant, in writing, that the requested extract is not entered in the Index; or\n (b) may give the applicant a list of Index search agents who may be able to inspect material entered in the Index for the applicant.\n (3) A person who has been granted access to the Index by the Inspector‑General may, after paying the fee determined under the Fees and Remuneration Determination:\n (a) inspect material entered in the Index; or\n (b) obtain an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Example: For paragraph (b), making notes of information shown on a computer screen, or obtaining a print‑out of information stored electronically.\n\n (4) However, prior payment is not required under subregulation (3) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement for payment by bulk billing.\n\n (5) The Inspector‑General may specify conditions that apply to:\n (a) the use of information entered in the Index; and\n (b) the use of an extract of material entered in the Index.\n\n> Note: Under regulation 13.09, the Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.07 Extract, etc of the Index to be admissible in evidence\n\n (1) In any proceedings, a document or copy of a document that qualifies under subregulation (2):\n (a) is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of information on the Index that is stated in it; and\n (b) may be tendered in evidence without further proof.\n (2) A document or copy qualifies if it:\n (a) purports (irrespective of the form of wording used) to be an extract of information on the Index; and\n (b) does not appear to the Court to have been revised or tampered with in a way that affects, or is likely to affect, the information.\n\n#### 13.08 Immunity from defamation\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General, and any officer acting at the direction or with the authority of the Inspector‑General, have immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index.\n (2) An officer has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of material in the Index or publication of extracts of material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) by an officer acting in the course of his or her duty; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (3) A person who provides material for entry in the Index has immunity from actions for defamation arising out of publication of the material by way of providing it for such inclusion, publication of the material in the Index or publication of extracts of the material from the Index, if the publication was done:\n (a) in the performance of a function or duty under these Regulations or any other law of the Commonwealth; and\n (b) in good faith.\n (4) Nothing in subregulation (2) or (3) affects by implication the generality of subregulation (1).\n (5) The immunity of the Inspector‑General or another officer under this regulation arising out of publication of material extends to the Commonwealth and the Official Trustee to the extent that the Commonwealth or the Official Trustee would, apart from this subregulation, be liable in respect of the publication.\n (6) Nothing in this regulation affects by implication any other ground of defence.\n\n#### 13.09 Access to the Index\n\n The Inspector‑General has control of access to the Index.\n\n#### 13.10 Information extracted from the Index to be evidence\n\n Information extracted from the Index is evidence, in the absence of proof to the contrary, of the truth of the information.\n\n## Part 14—Offences under the Act\n\n### Division 1—Offences\n\n#### 14.01 Apprehension under a warrant—notification to Registrar in certain cases\n\n (1) This regulation applies where:\n (a) a warrant issued under subsection 264B(1) of the Act for the apprehension of a person is executed; and\n (b) the person executing the warrant considers that it is impracticable to bring the apprehended person forthwith before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n (2) Where this regulation applies, the person executing the warrant must immediately notify a Registrar of the apprehension and of the date and time when the person considers that it will be practicable to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate.\n\n#### 14.02 Registrar to act on notification; direction to person executing warrant\n\n (1) Where a Registrar receives a notification under subregulation 14.01(2), he or she must, without delay:\n (a) fix a date, time and place for the apprehended person to be brought before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate; and\n (b) direct the person who gave the notification to bring the apprehended person before the Court, a Registrar or a magistrate accordingly.\n (2) The time and date fixed under paragraph (1)(a) must be the earliest that, in the Registrar’s opinion, are practicable.\n (3) A person to whom a direction is given under paragraph (1)(b) must comply with it.\n\n### Division 2—Infringement notices\n\n#### 14.03 Purpose and effect of Division\n\n (1) For section 277B of the Act, this Division establishes an infringement notice scheme, as an alternative to prosecution, for infringement notice offences.\n (2) This Division does not:\n (a) require an infringement notice to be issued to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (b) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if an infringement notice is not issued to the person for the offence; or\n (c) prevent the issue of 2 or more infringement notices to a person for an infringement notice offence; or\n (d) affect the liability of a person to be prosecuted for an infringement notice offence if the person does not comply with an infringement notice for the offence; or\n (e) limit or otherwise affect the penalty that may be imposed by a court on a person convicted of an infringement notice offence.\n\n#### 14.04 Definitions\n\n In this Division:\n\n> infringement notice means an infringement notice served under regulation 14.05.\n\n> infringement notice offence means an offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n> infringement penalty, for an infringement notice offence, means the penalty for the offence mentioned in the table in subsection 277B(2) of the Act.\n\n#### 14.05 When infringement notices can be issued\n\n If the Inspector‑General has reasonable grounds to believe that a person has committed an infringement notice offence, the Inspector‑General may, within 12 months after the alleged commission of the offence, issue the person with an infringement notice for the offence.\n\n#### 14.06 Contents of infringement notice\n\n (1) An infringement notice must:\n (a) be identified by a unique number; and\n (b) state that the notice is issued under these Regulations; and\n (c) state the name of the person who issued the notice and how the person may be contacted; and\n (d) be signed by the person who issued the notice; and\n (e) state the name and address of the person to whom it is issued; and\n (f) set out brief details of the offence the person is alleged to have committed, including:\n (i) the infringement notice offence that was allegedly contravened; and\n (ii) the maximum penalty that may be imposed by a court for the offence; and\n (g) state the amount of the infringement penalty that is payable under the notice; and\n (h) state how and where the infringement penalty can be paid, including:\n (i) the period in which the penalty may be paid; and\n (ii) if the penalty can be paid by posting the payment—the place to which it should be posted; and\n (i) state that if the person pays the infringement penalty in time:\n (i) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (ii) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person; and\n (iii) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (iv) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence; and\n (j) state that the person may apply to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (k) set out how the notice may be withdrawn; and\n (l) state that if the notice is withdrawn:\n (i) any amount of penalty paid under the notice must be refunded to the person; and\n (ii) the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence; and\n (m) state that the person may apply in writing to the Inspector‑General requesting the withdrawal of the notice.\n (2) An infringement notice may contain any other information that the Inspector‑General considers necessary.\n\n#### 14.07 Method of serving infringement notices\n\n (1) An infringement notice must be served on the person to whom it is issued.\n (2) An infringement notice may be served on an individual:\n (a) personally or by post; or\n (b) by leaving the notice:\n (i) at the last‑known place of residence or business of the person; and\n (ii) with a person, apparently over the age of 16 years, who appears to live or work at the place.\n (3) An infringement notice may be served on a corporation:\n (a) by leaving it at, or by sending it by post to, the address of the head office, a registered office or a principal office, of the corporation; or\n (b) by giving it, at an office mentioned in paragraph (a), to someone who is, or who the person serving the notice reasonably believes is, an officer or employee of the corporation.\n (4) Subject to subregulation (5), an infringement notice may be served on a registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator by sending it by electronic communication to the trustee’s or administrator’s business email address.\n (5) An infringement notice must not be sent by electronic communication unless the Inspector‑General believes, on reasonable grounds, that the registered trustee or a registered debt agreement administrator will access the email account to which the notice is sent.\n\n#### 14.08 Time for payment of infringement penalty\n\n The penalty specified in an infringement notice must be paid:\n (a) within 28 days after the day the notice is served on the person to whom it is issued; or\n (b) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and that application is granted—within the extension period allowed; or\n (c) if the person applies for an extension of time in which to pay the infringement penalty and the application is refused—before the end of the later of:\n (i) 7 days after day the notice of the refusal is served on the person; and\n (ii) 28 days after the day the infringement notice is served on the person; or\n (d) if the person applies for the notice to be withdrawn and the application is refused—within 28 days after the day the notice of the refusal is served on the person.\n\n#### 14.09 Extension of time to pay infringement penalty\n\n (1) A person served with an infringement notice may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for an extension of time of up to 28 days in which to pay the infringement penalty specified in the notice.\n (2) If the application is made after the end of the 28 day period specified in the notice for payment of the infringement penalty, the application must include a statement explaining why the person could not deal with the notice within that period.\n (3) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) grant, or refuse to grant, an extension of time to pay the infringement penalty; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (4) Notice of the decision may be served on the person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n\n#### 14.10 Withdrawal of infringement notice\n\n (1) Before the end of 28 days after receiving an infringement notice, a person may apply, in writing, to the Inspector‑General for the infringement notice to be withdrawn.\n (2) Within 14 days after receiving the application, the Inspector‑General must:\n (a) withdraw, or refuse to withdraw, the notice; and\n (b) notify the person in writing of the decision, and, if the decision is a refusal, the reasons for the decision.\n (3) Before withdrawing, or refusing to withdraw, a notice, the Inspector‑General must consider:\n (a) the circumstances of the offence stated in the notice; and\n (b) whether there are exceptional circumstances to justify the withdrawal; and\n (c) any other relevant matter.\n (4) The Inspector‑General may also withdraw an infringement notice without an application having been made if he or she believes it is appropriate to do so in all the circumstances of the particular case.\n\n#### 14.11 Notice of withdrawal of infringement notices\n\n (1) Notice of the withdrawal of an infringement notice may be served on a person in any way in which the infringement notice could have been served on the person.\n (2) A notice withdrawing an infringement notice served on a person for an offence:\n (a) must include the following information:\n (i) the name and address of the person;\n (ii) the number of the infringement notice;\n (iii) the date of issue of the infringement notice; and\n (b) must state that the notice is withdrawn; and\n (c) if it is proposed that a prosecution be brought against the person for the offence—must state that the person may be prosecuted in a court for the offence.\n\n#### 14.12 Refund of infringement penalty\n\n If an infringement notice is withdrawn after the infringement penalty specified in it has been paid, the Inspector‑General must refund the amount of the penalty to the person who paid it.\n\n#### 14.13 Effect of payment of infringement penalty\n\n If a person served with an infringement notice pays the infringement penalty specified in the notice within the period specified in the notice (or any further period of time allowed under regulation 14.09):\n (a) any liability of the person for the offence is discharged; and\n (b) a prosecution of the offence may not be brought against the person for the offence; and\n (c) the person is not regarded as having admitted guilt or liability for the offence; and\n (d) the person is not regarded as having been convicted of the offence.\n\n#### 14.14 Payment of infringement penalty—cheques\n\n If a person pays an infringement penalty by cheque, payment is not taken to have been made until the cheque has been honoured on presentation.\n\n#### 14.15 Evidentiary certificates\n\n (1) The Inspector‑General may sign a certificate that states any of the following in relation to an infringement notice served on a person:\n (a) that the infringement penalty specified in the infringement notice was not paid by the person within the time specified in the notice;\n (b) that the Inspector‑General granted, or refused to grant, an extension of time to the person to pay the infringement penalty;\n (c) that the infringement penalty was not paid by the person within the period specified in the extension;\n (d) that the infringement notice was withdrawn under regulation 14.10 on a day specified in the certificate.\n (2) At a hearing of a prosecution for an offence mentioned in an infringement notice, a certificate signed by the Inspector‑General in accordance with subregulation (1) is evidence of the matters specified in the certificate.\n (3) A certificate that purports to be signed by the Inspector‑General is taken to have been signed by the Inspector‑General unless the contrary is proved.\n\n## Part 15A—Provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Charges Acts\n\n#### 15A.01 Interpretation\n\n (1) In this Part:\n\n> charge means an interest charge, a realisations charge or a registration charge.\n\n> charge period has the same meaning as in the Estate Charges Act.\n\n> penalty means a late payment penalty.\n\n> trustee includes a debt agreement administrator.\n\n (2) An expression defined for Part XV of the Act has the same meaning in this Part.\n\n#### 15A.02 Mode of payment\n\n An amount of charge or penalty may be paid to the Inspector‑General:\n (a) in cash; or\n (b) by cheque; or\n (c) by any other means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer) that the Inspector‑General approves in writing.\n\n#### 15A.03 Overpayments to be refunded or offset\n\n The amount of an overpayment by a trustee of a charge or penalty may be:\n (a) refunded to the trustee; or\n (b) unless the trustee, by notice in writing to the Inspector‑General, directs otherwise—offset against an amount of charge or penalty payable by the trustee.\n\n#### 15A.04 Information to accompany payment of interest charge\n\n (1) A payment of interest charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of interest charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.05 Information to accompany payment of realisations charge\n\n (1) A payment of realisations charge by a trustee must have with it, in the approved form, any information required by the approved form.\n (2) Where a payment of realisations charge is made by or on behalf of a trustee by non‑physical means (for example, by direct debit or electronic transfer), the trustee must without delay give the Inspector‑General that information.\n (3) This regulation does not apply to the Official Trustee.\n\n#### 15A.07 Lodgment of request for remission\n\n A request by a trustee for remission of a charge or penalty must be in writing and lodged with an Official Receiver.\n\n## Part 16—Miscellaneous\n\n### Division 1—Provisions concerning documents (including inventories)\n\n#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.\n\n#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).\n\n#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.\n\n#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.\n\n### Division 2—Matters relevant to fees\n\n> Note: Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 16 of the Regulations formerly provided for the fees in relation to the Act (including remuneration of the Official Trustee). As a result of the amendment of the Act by the Bankruptcy Legislation Amendment (Fees and Charges) Act 2006, the remuneration of the Official Trustee and fees in relation to the Act are now set out in the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.\n\n#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.\n\n#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.\n\n#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n\n#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).\n\n### Division 3—Transitional\n\n#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n\n#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n\n#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":145},{"sectionNumber":"16.01","sectionType":"section","heading":"Service of documents","content":"#### 16.01 Service of documents\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or served on, a person (other than a person mentioned in regulation 16.02), the document may be:\n (a) sent by post, or by a courier service, to the person at his or her last‑known address; or\n (b) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name and any relevant document exchange number, at a document exchange where the person maintains a document exchange facility; or\n (c) left, in an envelope or similar packaging marked with the person’s name, at the last‑known address of the person; or\n (d) personally delivered to the person; or\n (e) sent by facsimile transmission or another mode of electronic transmission:\n (i) to a facility maintained by the person for receipt of electronically transmitted documents; or\n (ii) in such a manner (for example, by electronic mail) that the document should, in the ordinary course of events, be received by the person.\n (2) A document given or sent to, or served on, a person in accordance with subregulation (1) is taken, in the absence of proof to the contrary, to have been received by, or served on, the person:\n (a) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) or (b)—when the document would, in the due course of post or business practice, as the case requires, be delivered to the person’s address or document exchange facility; and\n (b) in the case of service in accordance with paragraph (1)(c), (d) or (e)—when the document is left, delivered or transmitted, as the case requires.","sortOrder":147},{"sectionNumber":"16.02","sectionType":"section","heading":"Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee","content":"#### 16.02 Documents for the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee\n\n (1) Unless the contrary intention appears, where a document is required or permitted by the Act or these Regulations to be given or sent to, or filed or lodged with, the Inspector‑General, the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee, the document must:\n (a) be posted to, or delivered at:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—the office of the Official Receiver; or\n (b) sent by facsimile transmission:\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to a facility maintained by the Inspector‑ General for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to a facility maintained by the Official Receiver for receipt of facsimile transmissions; or\n (c) sent by another mode of electronic transmission (for example, by electronic mail):\n (i) in the case of a document for the Inspector‑ General—to the office of the Inspector‑General; or\n (ii) in the case of a document for the Official Receiver or the Official Trustee—to the office of the Official Receiver.\n (2) Where subregulation (1) applies, the document is taken to be received, filed or lodged only when the document (or, where applicable, a copy of it) is actually received by, or on behalf of, the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver (as the case requires).","sortOrder":148},{"sectionNumber":"16.03","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property","content":"#### 16.03 Inventory by trustee taking possession of, or attaching, property\n\n Where, under the Act, a trustee takes possession of, or attaches, the property of a bankrupt, debtor or deceased person, the trustee must, as soon as is reasonably practicable:\n (a) make, sign and date an inventory of the property; and\n (b) give a copy of the inventory to any person who has custody of the property or part of the property.","sortOrder":149},{"sectionNumber":"16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑Gener","sectionType":"section","heading":"16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable","content":"#### 16.03A Document filed by Inspector‑General or Official Receiver—fee not payable\n\n A fee is not payable by the Inspector‑General or the Official Receiver in respect of an application to, or the filing of a document in, the Court.","sortOrder":150},{"sectionNumber":"16.06","sectionType":"section","heading":"Payment of fees","content":"#### 16.06 Payment of fees\n\n (1) If a fee is payable in respect of:\n (a) the making of a request or an application to an Official Receiver; or\n (b) the presentation or lodgment of a document with an Official Receiver;\n the request, application or document must not be dealt with unless the fee has been paid.\n (2) If a fee is payable in respect of the doing of a matter or thing by an Official Receiver, the matter or thing must not be done unless the fee has been paid.\n (3) However, prior payment of a fee is not required under subregulation (1) or (2) if the person has an alternative arrangement with the Inspector‑General about the method of payment.\n\n> Note: Example: An arrangement under which fees payable by a registered trustee are paid monthly in arrears.","sortOrder":152},{"sectionNumber":"16.07","sectionType":"section","heading":"Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration","content":"#### 16.07 Official Trustee’s entitlement to interim remuneration\n\n (1) The Official Trustee’s entitlement to remuneration under the Fees and Remuneration Determination arises when the Official Trustee:\n (a) performs work or first acts in accordance with clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.07 or 3.08 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (b) is appointed as described in clause 3.06 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) first acts in accordance with subclause 3.09(1) of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (d) performs work as described in subclause 3.09(2) or clause 3.10 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.\n (2) For paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (d), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee in respect of an amount received by the Official Trustee:\n (a) when the amount is received; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the amount is received.\n (3) For paragraph (1)(c), remuneration is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) from time to time as the funds are realised; and\n (b) at the rate applicable when the funds are realised.","sortOrder":153},{"sectionNumber":"16.08","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses","content":"#### 16.08 Reimbursement of Official Trustee for expenses\n\n (1) An amount equal to the amount of expenses incurred by the Official Trustee, in performing work of a kind mentioned in clause 3.03, 3.04, 3.08 or 3.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination in relation to an estate or debtor, is payable to the Official Trustee:\n (a) for work under clause 3.03, 3.08 or 3.09—out of the estate; or\n (b) for work under clause 3.04—out of the composition or scheme of arrangement.\n (2) In this regulation:\n\n> amount realised has the meaning given by clause 3.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.","sortOrder":154},{"sectionNumber":"16.09","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fees—notes and transcript of evidence","content":"#### 16.09 Fees—notes and transcript of evidence\n\n For paragraph 81(17)(b) of the Act, the prescribed fee is $20.","sortOrder":155},{"sectionNumber":"16.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General","content":"#### 16.11 Waiver or remission of fees by Inspector‑General\n\n (1) Subject to subregulation (2), the Inspector‑General may waive or remit the whole or part of any fee.\n (2) A fee may only be waived or remitted, whether wholly or in part, if the Inspector‑General is reasonably satisfied that:\n (a) payment of the fee by the person liable to pay it has imposed, or would impose, undue hardship on the person; or\n (b) because of other exceptional circumstances, it is proper and reasonable to do so.\n (3) For paragraph (2)(a), undue hardship means hardship that is unusual and exceptional in comparison to the hardship arising in the normal course of bankruptcy.\n (4) A decision under subregulation (1) must be notified in writing to:\n (a) the person concerned; and\n (b) except where the fee is payable to the Inspector‑ General—the officer to whom the fee is or, but for the waiver or remission, would be payable.\n (5) In this regulation:\n\n> fee means a fee payable under:\n\n (a) regulation 16.09; or\n (b) item 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 13, 14 or 15 of the table following clause 2.01 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination; or\n (c) clause 2.02, 2.03, 2.08 or 2.09 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination.","sortOrder":156},{"sectionNumber":"16.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General","content":"#### 16.12 Review by AAT of decision of Inspector‑General\n\n Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision of the Inspector‑General under subregulation 16.11(1) to refuse to waive or remit the whole or part of a fee that became payable under a provision or item mentioned in the definition of fee in regulation 16.11.\n\n> Note: Under section 27A of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975, the decision‑maker must give any person whose interests are affected by the decision notice, in writing or otherwise, of the making of the decision and of the person’s right to have the decision reviewed. In giving that notice, the decision‑maker must have regard to the Code of Practice determined under section 27B of that Act (Gazette No. S 432, 7 December 1994).","sortOrder":157},{"sectionNumber":"16.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008","content":"#### 16.13 Application of Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008\n\n (1) The amendments made by items 20, 21, 22, 23, 29, 30 and 31 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a bankruptcy the date of which is on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (2) The amendments made by items 25 to 28 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 apply to a transfer of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.\n (3) The amendment made by item 16 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to an examinable period, within the meaning of section 139CA of the Act, that begins on or after the commencement of that amendment.\n (4) For sections 265 and 268 of the Act, the amendments made by items 11, 13, 18 and 19 of Schedule 2 to the Same‑Sex Relationships (Equal Treatment in Commonwealth Laws—General Law Reform) Act 2008 applies to a disposition of property that is made on or after the commencement of those amendments.","sortOrder":159},{"sectionNumber":"16.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015","content":"#### 16.14 Transitional provisions relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (National Personal Insolvency Index) Regulation 2015\n\n (1) If:\n (a) subregulation 13.05A(1), (2) or (3) requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement from the Index; and\n (b) the later of the days referred to in the subregulation was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the subregulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.\n (2) If:\n (a) regulation 13.05B requires the Official Receiver to remove information relating to a debt agreement proposal from the Index; and\n (b) the day on which one of the events referred to in the regulation occurred was before 19 November 2015;\n the Official Receiver is taken to have complied with the regulation if the Official Receiver removes the information as soon as practicable after 19 November 2015.","sortOrder":160},{"sectionNumber":"16.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019","content":"#### 16.15 Application provision relating to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019\n\n The repeal and substitution of regulation 9.02 by Schedule 1 to the Bankruptcy Amendment (Debt Agreement Reform) Regulations 2019 applies to applications made on or after 27 June 2019.","sortOrder":161},{"sectionNumber":"Form 1—Bankruptcy notice","sectionType":"part","heading":"Form 1—Bankruptcy notice","content":"## Form 1—Bankruptcy notice\n\n![Bankruptcy_Notice_ v2 0f - for Regs_Page_1](image.002.jpeg)\n\n![C:\\Users\\normanj\\Desktop\\amended form.png](image.003.png)\n\n![Bankruptcy_Notice_ v2 0f - for Regs_Page_3](image.004.jpeg)\n\nSchedule 3—Paragraph 109(1)(a) of the Act—order of payment of first priority debts\n\n(regulation 6.01)\n\n 1. Realisations charges payable under the Bankruptcy (Estate Charges) Act 1997\n 1A. If the Official Trustee transfers the administration of the bankruptcy to a registered trustee:\n (a) the remuneration set out in Division 3.2 of the Fees and Remuneration Determination that is payable to the Official Trustee; and\n (b) the reimbursement set out in regulation 16.08 that is payable to the Official Trustee.\n 2. Expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the trustee:\n (a) in protecting all or part of the bankrupt’s assets; or\n (b) in carrying on, in accordance with the Act, a business of the bankrupt; or\n (c) by way of an advance made to the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate for payment of properly incurred expenses of the estate for any proper purpose (other than remuneration of the trustee)\n 3. Other fees, costs, charges and expenses payable by the trustee in administering the bankrupt’s estate\n 4. Where:\n (a) a creditor has deposited an amount in accordance with an order made under section 50 of the Act; and\n (b) the amount, or part of the amount, has been used for meeting the expenses referred to in that regulation;\n the amount, or part of the amount, that has been so used\n 5. The taxed costs of the petitioning creditor, the administrator of the estate of a deceased person or the applicant under Part X of the Act for a sequestration order and, if a petitioning creditor under Part X of the Act also applied for an order under Division 5 or 6 of Part IX of the Act, any taxed costs of the creditor in respect of the application\\*\n 6. The trustee’s lawful remuneration\n 7. Where the creditors, or a majority of them, have approved payment of out‑of‑pocket expenses incurred by a member of the committee of inspection—those expenses, to the extent that the trustee of the bankrupt’s estate allows them as being fair and reasonable\n 8. Costs of any audit carried out under section 70‑15 of Schedule 2 to the Act\n\n> Note: \\*Note: For the extended application of item 5, see subregulation 6.01(2).\n\nSchedule 4—Modifications of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986\n\n(regulation 6.12)\n\n1 Section 7 (Car benefits)\n\n1.1 Subsections 7(1), (2), (3) and (4):\n\nOmit the subsections, substitute:\n\n ‘(1) Where, at any time on a day, a person:\n (a) applies a car held by the person; or\n (b) makes a car held by the person available;\n for the private use of a bankrupt, the car is taken, for the purposes of this Act, to constitute a benefit provided on that day by the first‑mentioned person to the bankrupt.’.\n\n2 Section 8 (Exempt car benefits)\n\n2.1 Subsections 8(1) and (2):\n\nOmit the subsections.\n\n3 Section 9 (Taxable value of car fringe benefits—statutory formula)\n\n3.1 Subparagraphs 9(2)(c)(i) and (ii):\n\nOmit the subparagraphs, substitute:\n\n ‘(i) for the first contribution assessment period:\n (A) where the annualised number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during the year preceding the bankruptcy was more than 40,000—0.07; or\n (B) where the annualised number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during the year preceding the bankruptcy was not more than 40,000 and not less than 25,000—0.11; or\n (C) where the annualised number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during the year preceding the bankruptcy was less than 25,000 and not less than 15,000—0.20; or\n (D) where the annualised number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during the year preceding the bankruptcy was less than 15,000—0.26; and\n (ii) for each subsequent contribution assessment period:\n (A) where the annualised number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during the previous contribution assessment period was more than 40,000—0.07; or\n (B) where the annualised number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during the previous contribution assessment period was not more than 40,000 and not less than 25,000—0.11; or\n (C) where the annualised number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during the previous contribution assessment period was less than 25,000 and not less than 15,000—0.20; or\n (D) where the annualised number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during the previous contribution assessment period was less than 15,000—0.26;’.\n\n3.2 Paragraph 9(2)(d):\n\nOmit the paragraph, substitute:\n\n ‘(d) the annualised number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during a contribution assessment period is:\n (i) if records of the bankrupt show the number of kilometres travelled by the car during the year preceding that period—that number of kilometres; or\n (ii) in any other case—the number of kilometres worked out in accordance with the following formula:\n\n![](image.005.png);\n\n where:\n A is the number of whole kilometres travelled by the car during the period (in this subsection referred to as the ‘holding period’) constituting that part of the contribution assessment period during which the provider held the car; and\n B is the number of days in the contribution assessment period; and\n C is the number of days in the holding period; and’.\n\n3.3 Sub‑subparagraph 9(2)(e)(ia)(B):\n\nOmit the sub‑subparagraph.\n\n3.4 Subsection 9(2):\n\nAdd at the end:\n\n> Note: ‘Examples:\n\n> Note: 1. Assessment in the first contribution assessment period\n\n> Note: A car is purchased in June 1994 for Christopher’s use. The purchase price of the car is $20,000. During the period up to till 30 June 1995, Christopher uses the car on 200 days and travels 10,000 kilometres in that period. Christopher is declared bankrupt on 1 July 1992. His contribution to expenses is $300.\n\n> Note: The annualised number of kilometres according to the formula ![](image.006.png) is\n\n![](image.007.png)\n\n> Note: The figures to be inserted in the formula for calculating the value of the car benefit are:\n\n> Note: A (base value): $20,000;\n\n> Note: B (statutory fraction \\[for 18,250 km.\\]): 0.20;\n\n> Note: C (days when benefit provided): 365;\n\n> Note: D (days in contribution assessment period): 365;\n\n> Note: E (bankrupt’s contribution): $300.\n\n> Note: The value of the car benefit, according to the formula ![](image.008.png) is:\n\n![](image.009.png)\n\n> Note: 2. Assessment in the second contribution assessment period\n\n> Note: Suppose that the same car is provided in the second contribution assessment period for the use of the bankrupt, and that during the first contribution assessment period the car travelled 40,000 kilometres. The annualised number of kilometres for the second contribution assessment period is then 40,000 kilometres. Suppose also that the bankrupt’s contribution remains $300. All figures will remain the same except the statutory fraction, which will be 0.11. According to the formula, the value of the benefit in the second contribution assessment period is:\n\n![](image.010.png)’.\n\n4 Section 10 (Taxable value of car fringe benefits—cost basis)\n\n4.1 Omit the section.\n\n5 Section 10A (No reduction of operating cost in a log book year of tax unless log book records and odometer records are maintained)\n\n5.1 Omit the section.\n\n6 Section 10B (no reduction of operating cost in a non‑log book year of tax unless log book records and odometer records are maintained in log book year of tax)\n\n6.1 Omit the section.\n\n7 Section 10C (Nominated business percentage to be reduced if it exceeds business percentage established during applicable log book period or if it is unreasonable)\n\n7.1 Omit the section.\n\n8 Section 11 (Calculation of depreciation and interest)\n\n8.1 Omit the section.\n\n9 Section 12 (Depreciated value)\n\n9.1 Omit the section.\n\n10 Section 13 (Expenditure to be increased in certain circumstances)\n\n10.1 Subsection 13(1):\n\nOmit all the words after ‘section 9’.\n\n11 Section 22A (Taxable value of in‑house expense payment fringe benefits)\n\n11.1 Omit the section.\n\n12 Section 23 (Taxable value of external expenses payment fringe benefits)\n\n12.1 Omit ‘external’.\n\n13 Section 26 (Taxable value of non‑remote housing fringe benefits)\n\n13.1 Omit the section, substitute:\n\n‘26 Taxable value of housing fringe benefits\n\n Subject to this Part, the value of a housing fringe benefit in relation to a contribution assessment period is the portion of the market value of the recipient’s current housing right that exceeds the recipient’s rent’.\n\n14 Section 28 (Indexation factor for valuation purposes—non‑remote housing)\n\n14.1 Omit the section.\n\n15 Section 29 (Taxable value of remote area accommodation)\n\n15.1 Omit the section.\n\n16 Section 29A (Indexation factor for valuation purposes—remote area accommodation)\n\n16.1 Omit the section.\n\n17 Section 31 (Taxable value of living‑away‑from‑home allowance fringe benefits)\n\n17.1 Add at the end:\n\n ‘(2) For the purposes of this section, ‘deducted home consumption expenditure’ referred to in the definition of exempt food component in section 136 to be taken to be:\n (a) in relation to a person of the age of 12 years or over—$42; and\n (b) in relation to a person under the age of 12 years—$21.\n\n> Note: Example: Calculation of the value of a living‑away‑from‑home allowance.\n\n> Note: Assume that a bankrupt living away from his or her family is given a living‑away‑from‑home allowance of $220 a week. Of this amount, $100 represents reasonable compensation for the costs of accommodation (i.e. the ‘exempt accommodation component’ is $100), and $80 represents reasonable compensation for the cost of food.\n\n> Note: The remaining $40 is compensation for the disadvantage of living away from home in a town where facilities that would be available at home are not available.\n\n> Note: Under subsection 31(2), the exempt food component is $80 minus $42 (i.e. the compensation for increased food cost less the deducted home consumption expenditure). The value of the benefit is:\n\n![](image.011.png)’.\n\n18 Section 32: (Airline transport benefits)\n\n18.1 Sub‑subparagraph 32(b)(ii)(B):\n\nOmit ‘and’.\n\n18.2 Paragraph 32(c):\n\nOmit the paragraph.\n\n19 Section 36 (Taxable value of board fringe benefits)\n\n19.1 Omit the section, substitute:\n\n‘36 Taxable value of board fringe benefits\n\n Subject to this Part, the value of a board fringe benefit is:\n (a) in relation to a contribution assessment period beginning:\n (i) on 1 July 1992; or\n (ii) during the year beginning on 1 July 1992;\n $1; and\n (b) in relation to a later contribution assessment period—a sum worked out according to the formula:\n\n![](image.012.png)\n\n where:\n CPI is the increase in the All Groups Consumer Price Index number that is the weighted average of the 8 capital cities published by the Australian Statistician in respect of the period that commences on 1 July 1992 and ends immediately before the start of the financial year in which the contribution assessment period commences.’.\n\n20 Section 37 (Reduction of taxable value—‘otherwise deductible’ rule)\n\n20.1 Omit the section.\n\n21 Division 11 of Part III (Property fringe benefits)\n\n21.1 Omit the Division.\n\n22 Section 46 (Year of tax in which residual benefits taxed)\n\n22.1 Omit the section, substitute:\n\n‘46 Contribution assessment period in which residual fringe benefits are to be assessed\n\n A residual benefit that is provided during a period which extends over two or more contribution assessment periods is subject to assessment for income contribution in each of those periods.’.\n\n23 Section 48 (Taxable value of in‑house non‑period residual fringe benefits)\n\n23.1 Omit the section.\n\n24 Section 49 (Taxable value of in‑house period residual fringe benefits)\n\n24.1 Omit the section.\n\n25 Section 50 (Taxable value of external non‑period residual fringe benefits)\n\n25.1 Omit the section, substitute:\n\n‘50 Value of residual fringe benefits\n\n Subject to this Part, the value of a residual fringe benefit in relation to a contribution assessment period is the cost to the provider of providing the benefit, reduced by the amount of the recipient’s contribution.’.\n\n26 Section 51 (Taxable value of external period residual fringe benefits)\n\n26.1 Omit the section.\n\n27 Division 14 of Part III (Reduction of taxable value of miscellaneous fringe benefits)\n\n27.1 Omit the Division.\n\n28 Division 14A of Part III (Amortisation of taxable value of fringe benefits relating to remote area home ownership schemes)\n\n28.1 Omit the Division.\n\n29 Division 14B of Part III (Reducible fringe benefits relating to remote area home ownership repurchase schemes)\n\n29.1 Omit the Division.\n\n30 Section 136 (Interpretation)\n\n30.1 Subsection 136(1):\n\nInsert the following definition:\n\n> ‘contribution assessment period has the meaning given by section 139K of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 as in force from time to time.’.\n\n30.2 Subsection 136(1) (definition of family member):\n\nOmit the definition, substitute:\n\n> ‘family member, in relation to:\n\n (a) a benefit provided to an employee, or to an associate of an employee, means:\n (i) the employee; or\n (ii) the spouse of the employee; or\n (iii) a child of the employee; and\n (b) a benefit provided to a bankrupt, or to an associate of a bankrupt, means:\n (i) the bankrupt; or\n (ii) the spouse of the bankrupt; or\n (iii) a child of the bankrupt;’.\n\n30.3 Subsection 136(1) (definition of fringe benefit):\n\nOmit the definition, substitute:\n\n> ‘fringe benefit, in relation to a bankrupt, in relation to a contribution assessment period, means a benefit provided at any time during the period by any person to the bankrupt, other than:\n\n (a) a benefit provided to the bankrupt by his or her spouse under, or because of a genuine maintenance agreement between the spouses; or\n (b) a benefit provided under a maintenance order, within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 as in force from time to time; or\n (c) the benefit of an order by a court in favour of the bankrupt in respect of costs of litigation; or\n (d) educational expenses paid by any person in respect of a child of:\n (i) the bankrupt; or\n (ii) the bankrupt’s spouse; or\n (e) the amount of a refund, or part of a refund, due by the Commissioner to the bankrupt under a law of the Commonwealth, being an amount that the Commissioner has lawfully offset against a tax liability, within the meaning of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 as in force from time to time, of the bankrupt; or\n (f) subject to subsection (1A), a benefit of a kind referred to in paragraphs (f) to (p) (inclusive) of the definition of fringe benefit in this Act (in its unmodified form) as in force at the beginning of 1 July 1992; or\n (g) support by way of one or both of the following:\n (i) lodging (including any board); or\n (ii) occasional use of a motor vehicle used for domestic purposes;\n up to a value of $250 a week, if the support is provided by a person in the person’s principal place of residence, and the person is:\n (iii) a close relative; or\n (iv) a brother or sister (including a half‑brother, half‑ sister, adoptive brother or adoptive sister);\n of the bankrupt.\n\n> Note: Close relative, in relation to a person, is defined in section 136 of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 as:\n\n (a) the spouse of the person; or\n (b) a child or parent of the person; or\n (c) a parent of the person’s spouse.’.\n\n30.4 After subsection 136(1), insert:\n\n ‘(1A) For the purposes of paragraph (f) of the definition of fringe benefit in subsection (1), paragraph (h) of the paragraphs referred to in that paragraph has effect as if ‘the employee, or by a relative of the employee,’ were omitted and ‘the bankrupt’ substituted.’.","sortOrder":162}],"analysis":null,"importantCases":[],"_links":{"self":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-1996","history":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-1996/history","analysis":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-1996/analysis","conflicts":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-1996/conflicts","importantCases":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-1996/important-cases","documents":"/api/acts/bankruptcy-regulations-1996/documents"}}